Owner's Manual 2017 Silverado2500hd

User Manual: 2017-silverado2500hd

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 509

Download
Open PDF In Browser	View PDF

2k17_Chevrolet_Silverado_23476161A .ai 1 5/10/2016 2:44:44 PM

2017 Silverado

CMY

Silverado Owner’s Manual

23476161 A

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Contents

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Keys, Doors, and Windows . . . . . 33
Seats and Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Instruments and Controls . . . . . . 119
Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 181
Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Driving and Operating . . . . . . . . . 246
Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
Service and Maintenance . . . . . 451
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467
Customer Information . . . . . . . . . 472
Reporting Safety Defects . . . . . . 483
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 486
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 496

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Introduction

The names, logos, emblems,
slogans, vehicle model names, and
vehicle body designs appearing in
this manual including, but not limited
to, GM, the GM logo, CHEVROLET,
the CHEVROLET Emblem,
SILVERADO, and Z71 are
trademarks and/or service marks of
General Motors LLC, its
subsidiaries, affiliates, or licensors.
For vehicles first sold in Canada,
substitute the name “General
Motors of Canada Company” for
Chevrolet Motor Division wherever it
appears in this manual.

Litho in U.S.A.
Part No. 23476161 A First Printing

This manual describes features that
may or may not be on the vehicle
because of optional equipment that
was not purchased on the vehicle,
model variants, country
specifications, features/applications
that may not be available in your
region, or changes subsequent to
the printing of this owner manual.

Refer to the purchase
documentation relating to your
specific vehicle to confirm the
features.
Keep this manual in the vehicle for
quick reference.

Canadian Vehicle Owners

If the vehicle has the Duramax
diesel engine, see the Duramax
diesel supplement for additional and
specific information on this engine.

A French language manual can be
obtained from your dealer, at
www.helminc.com, or from:

If the vehicle has the bi-fuel engine,
see the Silverado/Sierra Bi-Fuel
supplement for additional and
specific information on this engine.

On peut obtenir un exemplaire de
ce guide en français auprès du
concessionnaire ou à l'adresse
suivante:

For an eAssist vehicle, see the
Silverado/Sierra eAssist
supplement.

Helm, Incorporated
Attention: Customer Service
47911 Halyard Drive
Plymouth, MI 48170
USA

Propriétaires Canadiens

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Introduction

Using this Manual
To quickly locate information about
the vehicle, use the Index in the
back of the manual. It is an
alphabetical list of what is in the
manual and the page number where
it can be found.

Danger, Warning, and
Caution
Warning messages found on vehicle
labels and in this manual describe
hazards and what to do to avoid or
reduce them.

{ Warning
Warning indicates a hazard that
could result in injury or death.

Caution
Caution indicates a hazard that
could result in property or vehicle
damage.

Danger indicates a hazard with a
high level of risk which will result
in serious injury or death.

Symbols
The vehicle has components and
labels that use symbols instead of
text. Symbols are shown along with
the text describing the operation or
information relating to a specific
component, control, message,
gauge, or indicator.

M : Shown when the owner
manual has additional instructions
or information.
* : Shown when the service
manual has additional instructions
or information.
0 : Shown when there is more

{ Danger

information on another page —
“see page.”

A circle with a slash through it is a
safety symbol which means “Do
Not,” “Do not do this,” or “Do not let
this happen.”

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Introduction

Vehicle Symbol Chart
Here are some additional symbols
that may be found on the vehicle
and what they mean. For more
information on the symbol, refer to
the Index.

0 : Adjustable Pedals
9 : Airbag Readiness Light
! : Antilock Brake System (ABS)
g : Audio®Steering Wheel Controls
or OnStar (if equipped)

$ : Brake System Warning Light
" : Charging System
I : Cruise Control
` : Do Not Puncture
^ : Do Not Service
B : Engine Coolant Temperature
O : Exterior Lamps
_ : Flame/Fire Prohibited
# : Fog Lamps
. : Fuel Gauge
+ : Fuses

3 : Headlamp High/Low-Beam
Changer
( : Heated Steering Wheel
j : LATCH System Child Restraints
* : Malfunction Indicator Lamp
: : Oil Pressure
g : Outside Power Foldaway
Mirrors

O : Power
/ : Remote Vehicle Start
> : Safety Belt Reminders
7 : Tire Pressure Monitor
_ : Tow/Haul Mode
d : Traction Control/StabiliTrak®
a : Under Pressure
M : Windshield Washer Fluid

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

In Brief

In Brief
Instrument Panel
Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

Initial Drive Information
Initial Drive Information . . . . . . . . . . 8
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Memory Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Heated and Ventilated Seats . . . 13
Head Restraint Adjustment . . . . 14
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Passenger Sensing System . . . 14
Mirror Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . . 16
Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . . 18
Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Four-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

Vehicle Features
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . .
Radio(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Portable Audio Devices . . . . . . . .
Bluetooth® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . .
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Driver Information
Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Forward Automatic
Braking (FAB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lane Departure
Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lane Keep Assist (LKA) . . . . . . .
Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . .
Parking Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Universal Remote System . . . . .
Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Performance and Maintenance
23
23
24
24
24
25
26
26
27
27
27
27
27
28
28
28
29

Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Tire Pressure Monitor . . . . . . . . . . 30
Fuel (Except L86 6.2L
Engine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Fuel (L86 6.2L Engine) . . . . . . . . 30
E85 or FlexFuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . . 31
Driving for Better Fuel
Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Roadside Assistance
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

In Brief

Instrument Panel

Base Shown, Uplevel Similar

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

In Brief
1. Instrument Panel Illumination
Control 0 177.

Tow/Haul Selector Button (If
Equipped). See Tow/Haul
Mode 0 282.

2. Integrated Trailer Brake Control
(ITBC) System (If Equipped).
See Towing Equipment 0 335.
3. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 171.
Fog Lamps 0 176 (If
Equipped).
4. Air Vents 0 243.
5. Turn Signal Lever. See Turn
and Lane-Change
Signals 0 175.
Windshield Wiper/
Washer 0 122.
6. Favorite Switches (Out of
View). See Steering Wheel
Controls 0 121.
Volume Switches (Out of View).
See Steering Wheel
Controls 0 121.
7. Instrument Cluster 0 128.
8. Hazard Warning
Flashers 0 175.
9. Shift Lever. See Automatic
Transmission 0 277.

Range Selection Mode (If
Equipped). See Manual
Mode 0 280.
10. Light Sensor. See Automatic
Headlamp System 0 174.
11. Infotainment 0 181.

0 Pedal Adjust Switch (If
Equipped). See Adjustable
Throttle and Brake
Pedal 0 267.
{ Cargo Lamp 0 177.
X Parking Assist Button (If
Equipped). See Assistance
Systems for Parking or
Backing 0 302.

12. Passenger Airbag On-Off
Switch (If Equipped) (Out of
View). See Airbag On-Off
Switch 0 80.

A Lane Keep Assist (LKA)

13. Heated and Ventilated Seats
0 13 (If Equipped).

@ Lane Departure Warning

14. Power Outlet 110/120 Volt
Alternating Current (If
Equipped). See Power
Outlets 0 124.
15. Power Outlets 0 124 (If
Equipped).
16.

g Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control 0 295.

(1500 Series) 0 309 (If
Equipped).
(LDW) (2500/3500 Series)
0 307 (If Equipped).

5 Hill Descent Control Switch
(If Equipped). See Hill Descent
Control (HDC) 0 297.

q Exhaust Brake (If
Equipped). See “Exhaust
Brake” in the Duramax diesel
supplement.
g Power Take Off (PTO)
Switch (If Equipped). See the
Duramax diesel supplement.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

In Brief
Auxiliary Button (If Equipped).
See Add-On Electrical
Equipment 0 345.

17. Instrument Panel Storage
0 115 (If Equipped).
18. Climate Control Systems (with
Heater Only) 0 237 or Climate
Control Systems (with Air
Conditioning) 0 238 (If
Equipped).
Dual Automatic Climate Control
System 0 240 (If Equipped).
19. Parking Brake Release
(Manual Transmission Only, If
Equipped). See Parking
Brake 0 293
20. Steering Wheel Controls 0 121
(If Equipped).
Driver Information Center (DIC)
Controls (If Equipped). See
Driver Information Center (DIC)
(Base Level) 0 145 or Driver
Information Center (DIC)
(Uplevel) 0 147.

21. Hood Release. See
Hood 0 353.
22. Horn 0 122.
23. Steering Wheel Adjustment
0 120 (Out of View).
24. Cruise Control 0 298.
Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
System 0 304 (If Equipped).
25. Data Link Connector (DLC)
(Out of View). See Malfunction
Indicator Lamp (Check Engine
Light) 0 138.
26. Parking Brake 0 293.
27. Electronic Transfer Case
Control (If Equipped). See
Four-Wheel Drive 0 284.
Card Holder (If Equipped). See
Instrument Panel
Storage 0 115.

Initial Drive
Information
This section provides a brief
overview about some of the
important features that may or may
not be on your specific vehicle.
For more detailed information, refer
to each of the features which can be
found later in this owner manual.

Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) System
The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
transmitter functions may work from
up to 60 m (197 ft) away from the
vehicle.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

In Brief
See Keys 0 33 and Remote Keyless
Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 36.

Remote Vehicle Start
If equipped, the engine can be
started from outside of the vehicle.

Starting the Vehicle
1. Press and release
RKE transmitter.

K : Press to unlock the driver door.
Press K again within three seconds
to unlock all remaining doors and
the tailgate.
Q : Press to lock all doors and the

tailgate. Lock and unlock feedback
can be personalized. See Vehicle
Personalization 0 160.

7 : Press and release one time to
initiate vehicle locator. Press 7 and
hold for at least three seconds to
sound the panic alarm. Press 7
again to cancel the panic alarm.

Q on the

2. Immediately press and hold /
for at least four seconds or until
the turn signal lamps flash.
Start the vehicle normally after
entering.
When the vehicle starts, the parking
lamps will turn on.
Remote start can be extended.

Canceling a Remote Start
To cancel a remote start, do one of
the following:
.

Press and hold / until the
parking lamps turn off.

Turn on the hazard warning
flashers.

Turn the vehicle on and then off.

See Remote Vehicle Start 0 38.

Door Locks
There are several ways to lock and
unlock the vehicle.
From outside, use the Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter or
the key in the driver door.
From inside, use the power door
locks or push down or pull up on the
manual door locks.
From inside, pull the door handle
once to unlock the door. Pull again
to open the door.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

In Brief

Windows

Power Door Locks

Power Windows

Base Trim
Crew/Double Cab Premium Trim
Shown, Other Models Similar

If equipped with power door locks:

Q : Press to lock the doors.
K : Press to unlock the doors.
See Door Locks 0 39 and Power
Door Locks 0 40.

Crew/Double Cab Premium Trim
Shown, Other Models Similar
If equipped, the driver door has a
switch to control all windows. Each
passenger door has a switch to
control that window. The power
windows work when the ignition is in
ON/RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY,
or when Retained Accessory Power
(RAP) is active. See Retained
Accessory Power (RAP) 0 271.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

In Brief
Press the switch to lower the
window. Pull the switch up to raise
it. See Windows 0 51 and Power
Windows 0 51.

The power sliding rear window
cannot be operated manually. See
“Power Sliding Rear Window” in
Rear Windows 0 53.

See Seat Adjustment 0 58.

Power Sliding Rear Window

Seat Adjustment

Power Seats

3. Try to move the seat back and
forth to be sure it is locked in
place.

Manual Seats

If equipped, the power sliding rear
window works when the ignition has
been turned to ACC/ACCESSORY
or ON/RUN, or when Retained
Accessory Power (RAP) is active.
See Retained Accessory Power
(RAP) 0 271.
Press the switch to open the
window. Pull the switch up to close
it. See Windows 0 51 and Power
Windows 0 51.

To adjust a manual seat:
1. Pull the handle at the front of
the seat.
2. Slide the seat to the desired
position and release the
handle.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

12
.

In Brief
If equipped, raise or lower the
seat by moving the rear of the
control up or down.

Power Lumbar

See Lumbar Adjustment 0 59.

Reclining Seatbacks
Manual Reclining Seatbacks

See Power Seat Adjustment 0 59.

Lumbar Adjustment
Manual Lumbar

If equipped, move the lever up or
down repeatedly to increase or
decrease lumbar support.
See Lumbar Adjustment 0 59.

To adjust the power lumbar support,
if equipped:
. Press and hold the control
forward to increase or rearward
to decrease upper and lower
lumbar support at the same time.
. If equipped, press and hold the
control up to increase upper
lumbar support and decrease
lower lumbar support.
Press and hold the control down
to increase lower lumbar support
and decrease upper lumbar
support.

To adjust a manual seatback:
1. Lift the lever.
The seatback will automatically
fold forward.
2. To recline, move the seatback
rearward to the desired
position, then release the lever
to lock the seatback in place.
3. Push and pull on the seatback
to make sure it is locked.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

In Brief
To return the seatback to the upright
position:
1. Lift the lever fully without
applying pressure to the
seatback, and the seatback will
return to the upright position.

Tilt the top of the control forward
to raise.

See Reclining Seatbacks 0 60.

Memory Features

2. Push and pull on the seatback
to make sure it is locked.

Automatic Memory Recall and/or
Easy Exit Recall features may be
enabled in the Personalization
Menus.
See Memory Seats 0 61 and
Vehicle Personalization 0 160.

Heated and Ventilated
Seats

See Reclining Seatbacks 0 60.
Power Reclining Seatbacks

Crew/Double Cab Shown, Other
Models Similar

To recline a power seatback,
if equipped:
. Tilt the top of the control
rearward to recline.

If equipped, the SET, 1, 2, and B
(Exit) buttons on the driver door are
used to manually store and recall
memory settings for the driver seat,
outside mirrors, and adjustable
pedals (if equipped).

Heated and Ventilated Seat
Buttons Shown, Heated Seat
Buttons Similar
If equipped, the buttons are on the
center stack. To operate, the engine
must be running.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

In Brief

Press I to heat the driver or
passenger seatback only.

Safety Belts

Press J to heat the driver or
passenger seat cushion and
seatback.

The passenger sensing system,
if equipped, turns off the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag
under certain conditions. No other
airbag is affected by the passenger
sensing system.

PressC to ventilate the driver or
passenger seat.
See Heated and Ventilated Front
Seats 0 63.

Head Restraint
Adjustment
Do not drive until the head restraints
for all occupants are installed and
adjusted properly.
To achieve a comfortable seating
position, change the seatback
recline angle as little as necessary
while keeping the seat and the head
restraint height in the proper
position.
See Head Restraints 0 57 and Seat
Adjustment 0 58.

Passenger Sensing
System

Refer to the following sections for
important information on how to use
safety belts properly:
. Safety Belts 0 66.
.

How to Wear Safety Belts
Properly 0 67.

Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 68.

Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System) 0 96.

If the vehicle has one of the
indicators pictured in the following
illustrations, then the vehicle has a
passenger sensing system for the
front outboard passenger position
unless there is an airbag off switch
on the instrument panel endcap.
If there is an airbag off switch, the
vehicle does not have a passenger
sensing system. See Airbag On-Off
Switch 0 80 for more information.
The passenger airbag status
indicator will be visible on the
overhead console when the vehicle
is started.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

In Brief
Exterior Mirrors
Manual Mirrors

United States

If equipped, adjust manual mirrors
by moving them up and down or left
to right to see a little of the side of
the vehicle and to have a clear view
behind the vehicle.
See Manual Mirrors 0 46.

2. Press the arrows on the control
pad to move the mirror up,
down, right, or left.
3. Adjust each outside mirror so
that a little of the vehicle and
the area behind it can be seen.
4. Keep the selector switch in the
center position when not
adjusting either outside mirror.

Power Mirrors

Canada and Mexico
See Passenger Sensing System
0 82 for important information.

Mirror Adjustment
Using hood-mounted air deflectors
and add-on convex mirror
attachments could decrease mirror
performance.

Base Power Mirrors
If equipped with power mirrors:
1. Press (1) or (2) to select the
driver or passenger side mirror.

Uplevel with Power Folding
Mirrors
1. Press (1) or (3) to select the
driver or passenger side mirror.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

In Brief

2. Press the arrows on the control
pad while the indicator light on
the (1) or (3) button is
illuminated, to move the mirror
up, down, right, or left.

Interior Mirror

3. Adjust each outside mirror so
that a little of the vehicle and
the area behind it can be seen.

Manual Dimming Rearview Mirror

Adjustment
Adjust the mirror for a clear view of
the area behind the vehicle.

See Power Mirrors 0 47.

If equipped, push the tab forward for
daytime use and pull it for nighttime
use to avoid glare from the
headlamps from behind. See
Manual Rearview Mirror 0 51.

If equipped with power folding
mirrors:

Automatic Dimming Rearview
Mirror

4. Press either (1) or (3) again to
deselect the mirror.

1. Press (2) to fold the mirrors out
to the driving position.
2. Press (2) again to fold the
mirrors in to the folded position.
For manual, power, and auto folding
mirrors, see Folding Mirrors 0 48.
The mirrors may also include a
memory function that works with the
memory seats. See Memory
Seats 0 61.

Steering Wheel
Adjustment

If equipped, the mirror will
automatically reduce the glare of the
headlamps from behind. The
dimming feature comes on when the
vehicle is started.
See Automatic Dimming Rearview
Mirror 0 51.

To adjust the steering wheel:
1. Hold the steering wheel and
pull the lever.
2. Move the steering wheel up
or down.
3. Release the lever to lock the
wheel in place.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

In Brief
Tilt and Telescoping Steering
Wheel

To adjust the tilt and telescoping
steering wheel, if equipped:
1. Push the lever (1) down to
move the steering wheel
forward or rearward. Lift the
lever up to lock the wheel in
place.
2. Pull the lever (2) toward you to
move the steering wheel up or
down, then release the lever to
lock the wheel in place.
Do not adjust the steering wheel
while driving.

Interior Lighting

Reading Lamps

Dome Lamps

There are dome lamps in the
overhead console and the headliner,
if equipped.
To change the dome lamp settings,
press the following:
OFF : Turns the lamps off, even
when a door is open.
DOOR : The lamps come on
automatically when a door is
opened.
ON : Turns all dome lamps on.

There are reading lamps in the
overhead console and the headliner,
if equipped. To operate, the ignition
must be in the ACC/ACCESSORY
or ON/RUN position or using
Retained Accessory Power (RAP).

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

In Brief

Press m or n next to each reading
lamp to turn it on or off.
For more information about interior
lighting, see Instrument Panel
Illumination Control 0 177.

Exterior Lighting

For vehicles first sold in Canada, off
will only work when the vehicle is in
P (Park).
AUTO : Automatically turns on the
headlamps, parking lamps,
taillamps, instrument panel lights,
roof marker lamps (if equipped),
front/rear sidemarker lamps, and
license plate lamps.

; : Turns on the parking lamps
including all lamps, except the
headlamps.

5 : Turns on the headlamps
together with the parking lamps and
instrument panel lights.
The exterior lamp control is on the
instrument panel to the left of the
steering wheel.

O : Turns off the automatic
headlamps and Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL). Turn the headlamp
control to the off position again to
turn the automatic headlamps or
DRL back on.

See:
. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 171.
. Daytime Running Lamps
(DRL) 0 174.
. Fog Lamps 0 176.

Windshield Wiper/Washer

The windshield wiper control is on
the turn signal lever.
The windshield wipers are controlled
by turning the band with z on it.

1 : Fast wipes.
w : Slow wipes.
3 INT : Turn the band up for more
frequent wipes or down for less
frequent wipes.
OFF : Turns the windshield
wipers off.

8 : For a single wipe, turn to 8,
then release. For several wipes,
hold the band on 8 longer.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

In Brief

Lm : Push the paddle at the top of
the lever to spray washer fluid on
the windshield.

Climate Control System (with Heater Only)

See Windshield Wiper/
Washer 0 122.

Climate Controls
These systems control the heating,
cooling, and ventilation.
For an eAssist vehicle, see the
Silverado/Sierra eAssist
supplement.
1. Fan Control

4. Defrost

2. Air Recirculation

5. TEMP (Temperature Control)

3. Air Delivery Mode Control

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

In Brief

Climate Control System (with Air Conditioning)

2. A/C (Air Conditioning)

K (Rear Window Defogger, If
Equipped)

3. Air Delivery Mode Control

f (Outside Heated Mirror, If

4. Defrost

Equipped)

5. TEMP (Temperature Control)

8 (Outside Air, If Equipped)

1. Fan Control

7. Air Recirculation

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

In Brief
Dual Automatic Climate Control System

Transmission
Range Selection Mode

The Range Selection Mode buttons,
if equipped, are on the automatic
transmission shift lever.
1. Driver Temperature Control

9. Power Button

2. A/C (Air Conditioning)

10. Air Recirculation

3. Air Delivery Mode Controls

11. AUTO (Automatic Operation)

4. Fan Control

See Climate Control Systems (with
Heater Only) 0 237 or Climate
Control Systems (with Air
Conditioning) 0 238 or Dual
Automatic Climate Control System
0 240 (If Equipped).

5. Defrost
6. Passenger Temperature
Control
7. SYNC (Synchronized
Temperature)
8. Rear Window Defogger

To enable:
1. Move the shift lever to
M (Manual Mode). The current
range will display next to the M.
This is the highest attainable
range with all lower gears
accessible. As an example,
when 5 (Fifth) gear is selected,
1 (First) through 5 (Fifth) gears
are available.
2. Press the plus/minus buttons to
select the desired range of
gears for current driving
conditions. See Manual
Mode 0 280.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

In Brief

While using Range Selection Mode,
cruise control and the Tow/Haul
Mode can be used.

Manual Transfer Case

Electronic Transfer Case

This transfer case shift lever is on
the floor to the right of the driver.

This transfer case knob is to the left
of the steering column.

Grade Braking is not available when
Range Selection Mode is active.
See Tow/Haul Mode 0 282.

Four-Wheel Drive
If the vehicle has Four-Wheel Drive,
the engine's driving power can be
sent to all four wheels for extra
traction.

Transfer Case Controls
The vehicle will have one of these
three styles of transfer case
controls. Use these controls to shift
into and out of the different
four-wheel drive modes.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

In Brief
Automatic Transfer Case

Do not use AUTO mode to park on
a steep grade with poor traction
such as ice, snow, mud or gravel. In
AUTO mode only the rear wheels
will hold the vehicle from sliding
when parked. If parking on a steep
grade, use 4 m to keep all four
wheels engaged.
4 m (Four-Wheel Drive High) : Use
this setting when extra traction is
needed, such as on snowy or icy
roads or in most off-road situations.

This transfer case knob is to the left
of the steering column.
The different drive options that may
be available are described following.
2 m (Two-Wheel Drive High) : This
setting is used for driving in most
street and highway situations.
AUTO (Automatic Four-Wheel
Drive) : This setting is ideal for use
when road surface traction
conditions are variable.

N (Neutral) : Shift to this setting
only when towing the vehicle. See
Recreational Vehicle Towing 0 437
or Trailer Towing 0 318.
4 n (Four-Wheel Drive Low) : This
setting sends maximum power to all
four wheels. Choose 4n when
driving in deep sand, mud, or snow,
and while climbing or descending
steep hills.
See Four-Wheel Drive 0 284.

Vehicle Features
Infotainment System
The base radio and base radio with
touchscreen information is included
in this manual. See the infotainment
manual for information on the
uplevel radios, audio players,
phone, navigation system, Rear
Seat Entertainment (RSE), and
voice or speech recognition,
if equipped.

Radio(s)
Base Radio

O : Press to turn the system on.
Press and hold to turn it off. When
on, press to mute; press again to
unmute. Turn to increase or
decrease the volume.
RADIO : Press to choose between
FM, AM, and SiriusXM®,
if equipped.
MEDIA : Press to change the audio
source between CD, USB, AUX,
and Bluetooth® Audio, if equipped.

{ : Press to go to the Home Page.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

In Brief

MENU : Press to select a menu.

g : Press to seek the previous
station or track.

l : Press to seek the next station
or track.
See “Base Radio” in Overview
(Base Radio with Touchscreen)
0 183 or Overview (Base
Radio) 0 184.

Base Radio with Touchscreen

O : Press to turn the system on.
Press and hold to turn it off. When
on, press to mute; press again to
unmute. Turn to increase or
decrease the volume.
{ : Press to go to the Home Page.
7 : Press to seek the previous
station or track.

6 : Press to seek the next station
or track.
See “Base Radio with Touchscreen”
in Overview (Base Radio with
Touchscreen) 0 183 or Overview
(Base Radio) 0 184.

Setting the Clock
See Clock 0 123.

Satellite Radio
Vehicles with a SiriusXM® satellite
radio tuner and a valid SiriusXM
satellite radio subscription can
receive SiriusXM programming.

SiriusXM Satellite Radio
Service
SiriusXM is a satellite radio service
based in the 48 contiguous United
States and 10 Canadian provinces.
SiriusXM satellite radio has a wide
variety of programming and
commercial-free music, coast to
coast, and in digital-quality sound.
A fee is required to receive the
SiriusXM service.
For more information refer to:
. www.siriusxm.com or call
1-888-601-6296 (U.S.).
. www.siriusxm.ca or call
1-877-438-9677 (Canada).

See Satellite Radio (Base Radio)
0 193 or Satellite Radio (Base
Radio with Touchscreen) 0 193.

Portable Audio Devices
This vehicle may have a 3.5 mm
(1/8 in) auxiliary input jack and USB
ports in the center console or
armrest. There may be a USB port
in the upper glove box. External
devices such as iPods®, laptop
computers, MP3 players, and USB
storage devices may be connected,
depending on the audio system.
See USB Port (Base Radio) 0 199
or USB Port (Base Radio with
Touchscreen) 0 201 and Auxiliary
Jack 0 207.

Bluetooth®
The Bluetooth® system allows users
with a Bluetooth-enabled cell phone
to make and receive hands-free
calls using the vehicle audio system
and controls.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

In Brief
The Bluetooth-enabled cell phone
must be paired with the in-vehicle
Bluetooth system before it can be
used in the vehicle. Not all phones
will support all functions.
See Bluetooth (Voice Recognition Base Radio) 0 221 or Bluetooth
(Infotainment Controls - Base
Radio) 0 217 or Bluetooth
(Overview) 0 216 or Bluetooth
(Infotainment Controls - Base Radio
with Touchscreen) 0 226.

Steering Wheel Controls

If equipped, some audio controls
can be adjusted at the steering
wheel.

g : If equipped
with OnStar® or a
®

Bluetooth system, press to interact
with those systems. See OnStar
Overview 0 486, Bluetooth (Voice
Recognition - Base Radio) 0 221 or
Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls Base Radio) 0 217 or Bluetooth
(Overview) 0 216 or Bluetooth
(Infotainment Controls - Base Radio
with Touchscreen) 0 226,
or “Bluetooth (Overview)” in the
infotainment manual.

i : Press to reject an incoming

call or end a current call. Press to
mute or unmute the infotainment
system when not on a call.

o or p : Press to go to the
previous or next menu option.
w or x : Press to go to the next or
previous selection.
V : Press to select a highlighted
menu option.

The favorite and volume switches
are on the back of the steering
wheel.
1. Favorite: When on a radio
source, press to select the next
or previous favorite. When on a
media source, press to select
the next or previous track.
2. Volume: Press to increase or
decrease the volume.
See Steering Wheel Controls 0 121.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

In Brief

Cruise Control

SET✓ : Press briefly to set the
speed and activate cruise control.
If cruise control is already active,
use to decrease vehicle speed.

* : Press to disengage cruise
control without erasing the set
speed from memory.
See Cruise Control 0 298.

Driver Information
Center (DIC)

5 : Press to turn the system on or
off. The indicator light is white when
cruise control is on and turns off
when cruise control is off.
+RES : If there is a set speed in
memory, press briefly to resume to
that speed or press and hold to
accelerate. If cruise control is
already active, use to increase
vehicle speed.

The DIC display is in the instrument
cluster. It shows the status of many
vehicle systems.
If the vehicle has the base level
instrument cluster, the trip odometer
reset stem is used to operate
the DIC.
If the vehicle has the uplevel
instrument cluster, the right steering
wheel controls are used to operate
the DIC.

w or x : Press to move up or
down in a list.
o or p : Press to move between
the interactive display zones in the
cluster.
V : Press to open a menu or select
a menu item. Press and hold to
reset values on certain screens.
See Driver Information Center (DIC)
(Base Level) 0 145 or Driver
Information Center (DIC)
(Uplevel) 0 147.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

In Brief

Forward Collision Alert
(FCA) System

vehicle. This can help avoid or
lessen the severity of crashes when
driving in a forward gear.

If equipped, FCA may help avoid or
reduce the harm caused by
front-end crashes. FCA provides a
green indicator, V, when a vehicle
is detected ahead. This indicator
displays amber if you follow a
vehicle much too closely. When
approaching a vehicle ahead too
quickly, FCA provides a flashing red
alert on the windshield and rapidly
beeps or pulses the driver seat.

See Forward Automatic Braking
(FAB) 0 306.

See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
System 0 304.

Forward Automatic
Braking (FAB)
If the vehicle has Forward Collision
Alert (FCA), it also has FAB, which
includes Intelligent Brake
Assist (IBA). When the system
detects a vehicle ahead in your path
that is traveling in the same
direction that you may be about to
crash into, it can provide a boost to
braking or automatically brake the

Lane Departure
Warning (LDW)
If equipped, LDW may help avoid
unintentional lane departures at
speeds of 56 km/h (35 mph) or
greater. LDW uses a camera sensor
to detect the lane markings. The
LDW light, @, is green if a lane
marking is detected. If the vehicle
departs the lane, the light will
change to amber and flash. In
addition, beeps will sound or the
driver seat will pulse.
See Lane Departure Warning (LDW)
(2500/3500 Series) 0 307.

Lane Keep Assist (LKA)
If equipped, LKA may help avoid
crashes due to unintentional lane
departures. It may assist by gently
turning the steering wheel if the
vehicle approaches a detected lane

marking without using a turn signal
in that direction. It may also provide
a Lane Departure Warning (LDW)
alert as the lane marking is crossed.
The system will not assist or alert if
it detects that you are actively
steering. Override LKA by turning
the steering wheel. LKA uses a
camera to detect lane markings
between 60 km/h (37 mph) and
180 km/h (112 mph).
See Lane Departure Warning (LDW)
(2500/3500 Series) 0 307 and Lane
Keep Assist (LKA) (1500
Series) 0 309.

Rear Vision
Camera (RVC)
If equipped, RVC displays a view of
the area behind the vehicle on the
infotainment display when the
vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse) to
aid with parking and low-speed
backing maneuvers.
See Assistance Systems for Parking
or Backing 0 302.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

In Brief

Parking Assist
If equipped, Rear Parking
Assist (RPA) uses sensors on the
rear bumper to assist with parking
and avoiding objects while in
R (Reverse). It operates at speeds
less than 8 km/h (5 mph). RPA may
display a warning triangle on the
Rear Vision Camera screen and a
graphic on the instrument cluster to
provide the object distance. In
addition, multiple beeps or seat
pulses may occur if very close to an
object.

Vehicles with a Center Console
. One or two in front of the
cupholders on the center
console.
. One inside the center console.
.

One on the rear of the center
console.

Vehicles with Bench Seats
. One on the center stack below
the climate control system.
. One or two in the storage area
on the bench seat.

The vehicle may also have the Front
Parking Assist system.

Lift the cover to access and replace
when not in use.

See Assistance Systems for Parking
or Backing 0 302.

See Power Outlets 0 124.

Power Outlets
Accessory power outlets can be
used to plug in electrical equipment,
such as a cell phone, MP3
player, etc.
The vehicle may have up to four
accessory power outlets.

Universal Remote System

If equipped with the Universal
Remote system, these buttons will
be in the front overhead console.
This system provides a way to
replace up to three remote control
transmitters used to activate
devices such as garage door
openers, security systems, and
home automation devices.
See Universal Remote
System 0 168.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

In Brief

Sunroof

Open/Close (Manual Mode) : To
open the sunroof, press and
hold I. Release the switch to stop
the movement. Press and hold K
to close the sunroof. Release the
switch to stop the movement.
Tilt Switch
Vent : From the closed position,
press J to vent the sunroof. Press
K to close the vent.

If equipped, the sunroof operates
when the ignition is on or in ACC/
ACCESSORY, or when Retained
Accessory Power (RAP) is active.
See Retained Accessory Power
(RAP) 0 271.
Slide Switch
Express-Open/Express-Close : To
express-open the sunroof, fully
press and release I. Press the
switch again to stop the movement.
To express-close the sunroof, fully
press and release K. Press the
switch again to stop the movement.

When the sunroof is opened, an air
deflector will automatically raise.
The air deflector will retract when
the sunroof is closed.
The sunroof also has a sunshade,
which can be pulled forward to block
sun rays. The sunshade must be
opened and closed manually.
If an object is in the path of the
sunroof while it is closing, the
automatic reversal system will
detect the object and stop the
sunroof.
See Sunroof 0 54.

Performance and
Maintenance
Traction Control/
Electronic Stability
Control
The vehicle has a traction control
system that limits wheel spin and
the StabiliTrak system that assists
with directional control of the vehicle
in difficult driving conditions. Both
systems come on automatically
when the vehicle is started and
begins to move.
. To turn off traction control, press
and release g on the center
stack. The traction off light i
displays in the instrument
cluster. The appropriate Driver
Information Center (DIC)
message displays. See Ride
Control System
Messages 0 154.
. To turn off both traction control
and StabiliTrak, press and
hold g until i and g illuminate

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

In Brief
in the instrument cluster and the
appropriate DIC message
displays. See Ride Control
System Messages 0 154.

Press and release g again to
turn on both systems.

StabiliTrak will automatically turn on
if the vehicle exceeds 56 km/h
(35 mph). Traction control will
remain off.
See Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control 0 295.

Tire Pressure Monitor
This vehicle may have a Tire
Pressure Monitor System (TPMS).

tires. If the warning light comes on,
stop as soon as possible and inflate
the tires to the recommended
pressure shown on the Tire and
Loading Information label. See
Vehicle Load Limits 0 259. The
warning light will remain on until the
tire pressure is corrected.
The low tire pressure warning light
may come on in cool weather when
the vehicle is first started, and then
turn off as the vehicle is driven. This
may be an early indicator that the
tire pressures are getting low and
the tires need to be inflated to the
proper pressure.
The TPMS does not replace normal
monthly tire maintenance. Maintain
the correct tire pressures.
See Tire Pressure Monitor
System 0 407.

The low tire pressure warning light
alerts to a significant loss in
pressure of one of the vehicle's

Fuel (Except L86 6.2L
Engine)

Regular Fuel
Use only unleaded gasoline rated
87 octane or higher in your vehicle.
Do not use gasoline with an octane
rating lower as it may result in
vehicle damage and lower fuel
economy. See Fuel 0 311.

Fuel (L86 6.2L Engine)

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

In Brief
Premium Recommended Fuel

Resetting the Oil Life System

Use premium 93 octane unleaded
gasoline in your vehicle. Unleaded
gasoline with an octane rating as
low as 87 may be used, but it will
reduce performance and fuel
economy. See Fuel 0 311.

To reset the engine oil life system:

E85 or FlexFuel

FlexFuel Possible
Certain models are compatible with
E85 fuel. See Fuel 0 311.

Engine Oil Life System
The engine oil life system calculates
engine oil life based on vehicle use
and, on most vehicles, displays a
DIC message when it is necessary
to change the engine oil and filter.
The oil life system should be reset
to 100% only following an oil
change.

1. Display OIL LIFE REMAINING
on the DIC. See Driver
Information Center (DIC) (Base
Level) 0 145 or Driver
Information Center (DIC)
(Uplevel) 0 147. If the vehicle
does not have DIC buttons, the
vehicle must be in P (Park) to
access this display.
2. Press and hold the V button on
the DIC, or the trip odometer
reset stem if the vehicle does
not have DIC buttons, for
several seconds. The oil life
will change to 100%.
The oil life system can also be reset
as follows:
1. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN
with the engine off.
2. Fully press the accelerator
pedal slowly three times within
five seconds.

3. Display OIL LIFE REMAINING
on the DIC. If the display
shows 100%, the system is
reset.
See Engine Oil Life System 0 362.

Driving for Better Fuel
Economy
Driving habits can affect fuel
mileage. Here are some driving tips
to get the best fuel economy
possible.
. Avoid fast starts and accelerate
smoothly.
. Brake gradually and avoid
abrupt stops.
. Avoid idling the engine for long
periods of time.
. When road and weather
conditions are appropriate, use
cruise control.
. Always follow posted speed
limits or drive more slowly when
conditions require.
. Keep vehicle tires properly
inflated.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

In Brief

Combine several trips into a
single trip.

Replace the vehicle's tires with
the same TPC Spec number
molded into the tire's sidewall
near the size.

Follow recommended scheduled
maintenance.

Roadside Assistance
Program
U.S.: 1-800-243-8872
TTY Users (U.S. Only):
1-888-889-2438
Canada: 1-800-268-6800
New Chevrolet owners are
automatically enrolled in the
Roadside Assistance Program.
See Roadside Assistance
Program 0 476.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and
Windows

Exterior Mirrors

Keys and Locks
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . 38
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Power Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Automatic Door Locks . . . . . . . . . 41
Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

Doors
Tailgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Power Assist Steps . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

Vehicle Security

Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vehicle Alarm System . . . . . . . . .
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Immobilizer Operation . . . . . . . . .

43
43
45
45

Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manual Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trailer-Tow Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Automatic Dimming Mirror . . . . .
Blind Spot Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . .

46
46
47
47
48
49
49
49
50

Interior Mirrors
Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . 50
Manual Rearview Mirror . . . . . . . . 51
Automatic Dimming Rearview
Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51

Windows
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manual Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

51
51
51
53
54

Roof
Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54

Keys and Locks
Keys

{ Warning
Leaving children in a vehicle with
the ignition key is dangerous and
children or others could be
seriously injured or killed. They
could operate the power windows
or other controls or make the
vehicle move. The windows will
function with the keys in the
ignition, and children or others
could be caught in the path of a
closing window. Do not leave
children in a vehicle with the
ignition key.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Keys, Doors, and Windows
Warning (Continued)
impacted, and airbags may not
deploy. To reduce the risk of
unintentional rotation of the
ignition key, do not change the
way the ignition key and Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter,
if equipped, are connected to the
provided key rings.

{ Warning
If the key is unintentionally
rotated while the vehicle is
running, the ignition could be
moved out of the RUN position.
This could be caused by heavy
items hanging from the key ring,
or by large or long items attached
to the key ring that could be
contacted by the driver or
steering wheel. If the ignition
moves out of the RUN position,
the engine will shut off, braking
and steering power assist may be
(Continued)

The ignition key and key rings, and
RKE transmitter, if equipped, are
designed to work together as a
system to reduce the risk of
unintentionally moving the key out
of the RUN position. The ignition
key has a small hole to allow
attachment of the provided key ring.
It is important that any replacement
ignition keys have a small hole. See
your dealer if a replacement key is
required.

The combination and size of the
rings that came with your keys were
specifically selected for your
vehicle. The rings are connected to
the key like two links of a chain to
reduce the risk of unintentionally
moving the key out of the RUN
position. Do not add any additional
items to the ring attached to the
ignition key. Attach additional items
only to the second ring, and limit
added items to a few essential keys
or small, light items no larger than
an RKE transmitter.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Keys, Doors, and Windows
Programming Keys
Follow these procedures to program
up to eight keys to the vehicle.
Programming with Two
Recognized Keys
To program a new key:
1. Insert the original, already
programmed key in the ignition
and turn the key to the ON/
RUN position.
Interference from radio-frequency
identification (RFID) tags may
prevent the key from starting the
vehicle. Keep RFID tags away from
the key when starting the vehicle.
The key is used for the ignition, all
door locks and glove box,
if equipped.

2. Turn the key to LOCK/OFF,
and remove the key.
3. Quickly, within five seconds,
insert the second original
already programmed key in the
ignition and turn the key to the
ON/RUN position.
4. Turn the key to LOCK/OFF,
and remove the key.
5. Insert the key to be
programmed and turn it to the
ON/RUN position within
five seconds.
6. The security light will turn off
once the key has been
programmed.

7. Repeat Steps 1–5 if additional
keys are to be programmed.
If a key is lost or damaged, see your
dealer to have a new key made.
Programming without
Recognized Keys
Program a new key to the vehicle
when a recognized key is not
available. Canadian regulations
require that owners see their dealer.
If two currently recognized keys are
not available, follow this procedure
to program the first key.
This procedure will take
approximately 30 minutes to
complete for the first key. The
vehicle must be off and all of the
keys you wish to program must be
with you.
1. Insert the new vehicle key into
the ignition.
2. Turn to ON/RUN. The security
light will come on.
3. Wait 10 minutes until the
security light turns off.
4. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Keys, Doors, and Windows

5. Repeat Steps 2–4 two more
times. After the third time, turn
to ON/RUN; the key is learned
and all previously known keys
will no longer work with the
vehicle.
6. To learn a second key, turn to
OFF, insert the second key to
be learned, and rotate to
ON/RUN.
After two keys are learned, the
remaining keys can be learned by
following the procedure in
“Programming with Two
Recognized Keys.”
The key has a bar-coded key tag
that the dealer or qualified locksmith
can use to make new keys. Store
this information in a safe place, not
in the vehicle.
See your dealer if a replacement
key or additional key is needed.
If it becomes difficult to turn a key,
inspect the key blade for debris.
Periodically clean with a brush
or pick.

With an active OnStar subscription,
an OnStar Advisor may remotely
unlock the vehicle. See OnStar
Overview 0 486.

Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) System
See Radio Frequency
Statement 0 482.
If there is a decrease in the Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) operating
range:
. Check the distance. The
transmitter may be too far from
the vehicle.
. Check the location. Other
vehicles or objects may be
blocking the signal.
. Check the transmitter's battery.
See “Battery Replacement” later
in this section.
. If the transmitter is still not
working correctly, see your
dealer or a qualified technician
for service.

Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) System Operation
The RKE transmitter functions may
work up to 60 m (197 ft) away from
the vehicle.
Other conditions can affect the
performance of the transmitter. See
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System 0 36.

With Remote Start (without
Remote Start Similar)

/ : If equipped, / is used to start
the engine from outside the vehicle
using the RKE transmitter. See
Remote Vehicle Start 0 38.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Keys, Doors, and Windows

Q : Press to lock all doors and the
tailgate.
If enabled in vehicle personalization,
the turn signal lamps flash once to
indicate locking has occurred.
If enabled through vehicle
personalization, the horn chirps
when Q is pressed again within
three seconds. See Vehicle
Personalization 0 160.
Pressing Q arms the alarm system.
See Vehicle Alarm System 0 43.
If equipped with auto mirror folding,
pressing and holding Q for
one second will fold the mirrors. The
auto mirror folding feature will not
operate unless it is enabled. See
Folding Mirrors 0 48 and Vehicle
Personalization 0 160.

K : Press once to unlock only the
driver door. If K is pressed again
within three seconds, all remaining
doors and the tailgate unlock. The
interior lamps may come on and
stay on for 20 seconds or until the
ignition is turned on.

If enabled in Vehicle
Personalization, the turn signal
lamps flash twice to indicate
unlocking has occurred. See Vehicle
Personalization 0 160. If enabled
through vehicle personalization, the
exterior lamps may turn on. See
Vehicle Personalization 0 160.
Pressing K on the RKE transmitter
disarms the alarm system. See
Vehicle Alarm System 0 43.
If equipped with auto mirror folding,
pressing and holding K for
one second will unfold the mirrors.
The auto mirror folding feature will
not operate unless it is enabled.
See Folding Mirrors 0 48 and
Vehicle Personalization 0 160.
On some models, press, release
and then press and hold K to open
all of the windows. Pressing the
button again will stop the windows.
See Vehicle Personalization 0 160.

7 : Press and release one time to
initiate vehicle locator. The turn
signal lamps flash and the horn
sounds three times.

Press and hold 7 for at least
three seconds to sound the panic
alarm. The turn signal lamps flash
and the horn sounds repeatedly for
30 seconds. The alarm turns off
when the ignition is moved to ON/
RUN or 7 is pressed again. The
ignition must be in LOCK/OFF for
the panic alarm to work.

Programming Transmitters to
the Vehicle
Only RKE transmitters programmed
to this vehicle will work. If a
transmitter is lost or stolen, a
replacement can be purchased and
programmed through your dealer.
Each vehicle can have up to
eight transmitters programmed to it.
See your dealer for transmitter
programming.

Battery Replacement
Replace the battery in the
transmitter soon if the REPLACE
BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY
message displays in the DIC.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Keys, Doors, and Windows

Remote Vehicle Start

Caution

If equipped with the remote start
feature, the climate control system
will come on when the vehicle is
started remotely, depending on the
outside temperature.

When replacing the battery, do
not touch any of the circuitry on
the transmitter. Static from your
body could damage the
transmitter.

The rear defog and heated and
ventilated seats, if equipped, may
also come on. See Heated and
Ventilated Front Seats 0 63 and
Vehicle Personalization 0 160.

To replace the battery:

2. Press and slide the battery
down toward the pocket of the
transmitter in the direction of
the key ring. Do not use a
metal object.

Laws in some communities may
restrict the use of remote starters.
Check local regulations for any
requirements on remote starting of
vehicles.

3. Remove the battery.

Do not use remote start if the
vehicle is low on fuel.

4. Insert the new battery, positive
side facing up. Replace with a
CR2032 or equivalent battery.
1. Separate and remove the back
cover of the transmitter with a
flat, thin object, such as a coin.

5. Push together the transmitter
back cover top side first, and
then the bottom toward the
key ring.

The vehicle cannot be remote
started if:
. The key is in the ignition.
. The hood is not closed.
.

There is an emission control
system malfunction and the
malfunction indicator lamp is on.

Fuel level is too low.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Keys, Doors, and Windows
The engine will turn off during a
remote vehicle start if:
. The coolant temperature gets
too high.
. The oil pressure gets low.
The RKE transmitter range may be
reduced while the vehicle is running.
Other conditions can affect the
performance of the transmitter. See
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System 0 36 or Vehicle
Personalization 0 160.
Starting the Engine Using Remote
Start
1. Press and release

2. Immediately press and hold /
until the turn signal lamps flash
or for at least four seconds.
When the vehicle starts, the
parking lamps will turn on. The
doors will be locked and the
climate control system may
come on.

The engine will continue to run
for 10 minutes. After
30 seconds, repeat
Steps 1 and 2 for a 10-minute
time extension.
Place the ignition in ON/RUN to
operate the vehicle.
Extending Engine Run Time
The engine run time can be
extended by 10 minutes, for a total
of 20 minutes, if during the first
10 minutes Steps 1 and 2 are
repeated while the engine is still
running. An extension can be
requested 30 seconds after starting.
A maximum of two remote starts,
or a single start with an extension,
is allowed between ignition cycles.
The vehicle's ignition must be
turned on and then back off to use
remote start again.
Canceling a Remote Start
To cancel a remote start, do one of
the following:
.

Press and hold / until the
parking lamps turn off.

Turn on the hazard warning
flashers.

Turn the ignition on and then off.

Door Locks

{ Warning
Unlocked doors can be
dangerous.
. Passengers, especially
children, can easily open
the doors and fall out of a
moving vehicle. When a
door is locked, the handle
will not open it. The chance
of being thrown out of the
vehicle in a crash is
increased if the doors are
not locked. So, all
passengers should wear
safety belts properly and the
doors should be locked
whenever the vehicle is
driven.
(Continued)

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Keys, Doors, and Windows
Warning (Continued)

Young children who get into
unlocked vehicles may be
unable to get out. A child
can be overcome by
extreme heat and can suffer
permanent injuries or even
death from heat stroke.
Always lock the vehicle
whenever leaving it.

From inside, pull the door handle
once to unlock the door. Pull the
handle again to open the door.
See Vehicle Alarm System 0 43.

Power Door Locks

Outsiders can easily enter
through an unlocked door
when you slow down or stop
the vehicle. Locking the
doors can help prevent this
from happening.

There are several ways to lock and
unlock the vehicle.
From outside, use the Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter or
the key in the driver door.
From inside, use the power door
locks or manual door locks. To lock
or unlock the door with the manual
locks, push down or pull up on the
manual lock knob.

Base Trim
If equipped with power door locks:

Q : Press to lock the doors.
K : Press to unlock the doors.
Crew/Double Cab Premium Trim
Shown, Other Models Similar

Delayed Locking
If equipped, when locking the doors
with the power lock switch and a
door open, the doors will lock
five seconds after the last door is
closed. Three chimes signal that
delayed locking is in use.
Pressing the power lock switch
twice overrides the delayed locking
feature and immediately locks all
doors.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Keys, Doors, and Windows
This feature will not operate if the
key is in the ignition.
Turn delayed locking on or off using
vehicle personalization. See Vehicle
Personalization 0 160.

Automatic Door Locks
If equipped, the doors will lock
automatically when all doors are
closed, the ignition is on, and the
shift lever is moved out of P (Park)
for automatic transmissions or
vehicle speed is above 13 km/h
(8 mph) for manual transmissions.
To unlock the doors:
.

Press K on a power door lock
switch.

If equipped with an automatic
transmission, shift the
transmission into P (Park)

If equipped with manual
transmission, remove the key
from the ignition when parked.

Automatic Door locking cannot be
disabled. Automatic door unlocking
can be programmed. See Vehicle
Personalization 0 160.

Lockout Protection
When locking is requested with the
driver door open and the key in the
ignition, all the doors will lock and
then the driver door will unlock.
This can be manually overridden by
pressing and holding Q on the
power door lock switch.

Safety Locks
The rear door safety locks prevent
passengers from opening the rear
doors from inside the vehicle.

Crew/Double Cab Premium Trim
Shown, Others Similar
Press { to activate the safety locks
on the rear doors. The indicator light
comes on when activated. Press {
again to deactivate. The vehicle
must be on, in ACC/ACCESSORY,
or in Retained Accessory Power
(RAP). See Retained Accessory
Power (RAP) 0 271.
If the indicator light flashes, the
feature may not be working properly.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Keys, Doors, and Windows

Doors

To shut the tailgate, firmly push it
upward until it latches.

Tailgate

After closing the tailgate, pull it back
to be sure it latches securely.

{ Warning
It is extremely dangerous to ride
on the tailgate, even when the
vehicle is operated at low speeds.
People riding on the tailgate can
easily lose their balance and fall
in response to vehicle
maneuvers. Falling from a moving
vehicle may result in serious
injuries or death. Do not allow
people to ride on the tailgate. Be
sure everyone in your vehicle is in
a seat and using a safety belt
properly.
If equipped, to lock or unlock the
tailgate, use the RKE transmitter or
the key. See Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) System Operation 0 36.
Open the tailgate by lifting up on its
handle while pulling the
tailgate down.

Kick Switch

Power Assist Steps
If equipped, the power assist steps,
when enabled, will extend when the
door is opened. They will retract
three seconds after the door is
closed or immediately if the vehicle
starts moving.
Keep hands, children, pets, objects,
and clothing clear of the power
assist steps when in motion.
The steps will reverse direction if
there is an obstruction. Remove the
obstruction, then open and close the
door on the same side to complete
the motion. If the obstruction is not
cleared, the assist steps remain
extended.
Slight movement of the steps while
extended is normal.

1. Place the vehicle in P (Park)
and unlock the doors.
2. Kick the switch to extend the
power assist step to the tire.
A DIC message displays.
3. Kick the switch again to return
to normal operation.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Keys, Doors, and Windows
Center Stack Switch

Press j again to extend to the
tire. A DIC message displays.

Press j again to return to
normal operation.

Enable/Disable
To enable or disable the power
assist steps, press and hold j for
four seconds. A DIC message
displays.

Vehicle Security
This vehicle has theft-deterrent
features; however, they do not make
the vehicle impossible to steal.

Vehicle Alarm System

Cleaning
The power assist steps can be
extended and extended to the
tire by pressing j. When
extending the steps with j, the
kick switch is disabled.
The vehicle must be in P (Park) or
N (Neutral). To extend the steps:
.

Press j to extend both steps.
A DIC message displays.

Clean the power assist steps
regularly. For an automatic car
wash, extend the steps while in
N (Neutral) using the center stack
switch. The steps will stow when
shifting into D (Drive).
The indicator light, on the
instrument panel near the
windshield, indicates the status of
the system.
Off : Alarm system is disarmed.
On Solid : Vehicle is secured
during the delay to arm the system.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Keys, Doors, and Windows

Fast Flash : Vehicle is unsecured.
A door, the liftgate or the hood
is open.
Slow Flash : Alarm system is
armed.

Arming the Alarm System
1. Turn off the vehicle.
2. Lock the vehicle in one of
three ways:
. Use the RKE transmitter.
.

Use the Keyless Access
system.

With a door open, press Q
on the interior of the door.

3. After 30 seconds, the alarm
system will arm and the
indicator light will begin to
slowly flash. Pressing Q on the
RKE transmitter a second time
will bypass the 30-second
delay and immediately arm the
alarm system.
The vehicle alarm system will not
arm if the doors are locked with
the key.

If the driver door is opened without
first unlocking with the RKE
transmitter, the horn will chirp and
the lights will flash to indicate
pre-alarm. If the vehicle is not
started, or the door is not unlocked
by pressing K on the RKE
transmitter during the 10-second
pre-alarm, the alarm will be
activated.
The alarm will also be activated if a
passenger door, the liftgate, or the
hood is opened without first
disarming the system. When the
alarm is activated, the turn signals
flash and the horn sounds for about
30 seconds. The alarm system will
then re-arm to monitor for the next
unauthorized event.

Disarming the Alarm System
To disarm the alarm system or turn
off the alarm if it has been activated:

K on the RKE transmitter.

Press

Unlock the vehicle using the
Keyless Access system.

Start the vehicle.

To avoid setting off the alarm by
accident:
. Lock the vehicle after all
occupants have exited.
. Always unlock a door with the
RKE transmitter, or use the
Keyless Access system.
Unlocking the driver door with
the key will not disarm the
system or turn off the alarm.

How to Detect a Tamper
Condition
If K is pressed on the RKE
transmitter and the horn chirps three
times, an alarm occurred previously
while the alarm system was armed.
If the alarm has been activated, a
message will appear on the DIC.
See Security Messages 0 156.

Inclination Sensor and
Intrusion Sensor
In addition to the standard
theft-deterrent system features, this
system may also have an,
inclination sensor and intrusion
sensor.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Keys, Doors, and Windows
The inclination sensor can set off
the alarm if it senses movement of
the vehicle, such as a change in
vehicle orientation.

Inclination and Intrusion
Sensors Disable Switch

The intrusion sensor monitors the
vehicle interior, and can activate the
alarm if it senses unauthorized entry
into the vehicle’s interior. Do not
allow passengers or pets to remain
in the vehicle when the intrusion
sensor is activated.
Before arming the theft-deterrent
system and activating the intrusion
sensor:
. Make sure all doors and
windows are completely closed.
. Secure any loose items such as
sunshades.
. Make sure there are no
obstructions blocking the
sensors in the front overhead
console.
. Close DVD screens, if equipped,
before leaving the vehicle.

Immobilizer
See Radio Frequency
Statement 0 482.

Immobilizer Operation

This vehicle has a passive
theft-deterrent system.
It is recommended that the intrusion
and inclination sensors be
deactivated if pets are left in the
vehicle or if the vehicle is being
transported.

The system does not have to be
manually armed or disarmed.

With the vehicle turned off, press
o in the front overhead console.
The indicator light will come on
momentarily, indicating that these
sensors have been disabled for the
next alarm system arming cycle.

The system is automatically
disarmed when the key is turned to
ON/RUN, ACC/ACCESSORY,
or START from the LOCK/OFF
position.

The vehicle is automatically
immobilized when the vehicle is
turned off.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Keys, Doors, and Windows

The security light, in the instrument
cluster, comes on if there is a
problem with arming or disarming
the theft-deterrent system.
When trying to start the vehicle, the
security light comes on briefly when
the ignition is turned on.
If the engine does not start and the
security light stays on, there is a
problem with the system. Turn the
ignition off and try again.
If the engine still does not start, and
the key appears to be undamaged,
try another ignition key. It may be
necessary to check the fuse. See
Fuses 0 390. If the engine still does
not start with the other key, the
vehicle needs service. If the vehicle
does start, the first key may be
faulty. See your dealer.

It is possible for the immobilizer
system to learn new or replacement
keys. Up to eight keys can be
programmed for the vehicle. To
program additional keys, see Keys
0 33. To program additional
transmitters, see Remote Keyless
Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 36.
Do not leave the key or device that
disarms or deactivates the vehicle
theft system in the vehicle.
See your dealer to get a new key
blank cut exactly as the ignition key
that operates the system.

Exterior Mirrors
Convex Mirrors

{ Warning
A convex mirror can make things,
like other vehicles, look farther
away than they really are. If you
cut too sharply into the right lane,
you could hit a vehicle on the
right. Check the inside mirror or
glance over your shoulder before
changing lanes.
The passenger side mirror is convex
shaped. A convex mirror's surface is
curved so more can be seen from
the driver seat.

Manual Mirrors
If equipped, adjust manual mirrors
by moving the mirror up and down
or left to right to see a little of the
side of the vehicle and to have a
clear view behind the vehicle.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Keys, Doors, and Windows
Using hood-mounted air deflectors
and add-on convex mirror
attachments could decrease mirror
performance.

Trailer-Tow Mirrors

seat. The convex mirror can be
adjusted manually to the driver
preferred position for better vision.

3. Adjust each outside mirror so
that a little of the vehicle and
the area behind it can be seen.

The mirror may have a turn signal
arrow that flashes in the direction of
the turn or lane change.

4. Keep the selector switch in the
center position when not
adjusting mirrors.

Power Mirrors

If equipped, adjust trailer-tow
mirrors for a clear view of the area
behind you. Manually pull out the
mirror head to extend it for better
visibility when towing a trailer.
The lower portion of the mirror is
convex. A convex mirror's surface is
curved to see more from the driver

Crew/Double Cab Premium Trim
Shown, Other Models Similar
Base Power Mirrors
If equipped with power mirrors:
1. Press (1) or (2) to select the
driver or passenger side mirror.
2. Press the arrows on the control
pad to move the mirror in the
desired direction.

1. Press (1) or (2) to select the
driver or passenger side mirror.
2. Press the arrows on the control
pad while the indicator light on
button (1) or (2) is illuminated,
to move the mirror in the
desired direction.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Keys, Doors, and Windows

3. Adjust each outside mirror so
that a little of the vehicle and
the area behind it can be seen.

Folding Mirrors

Resetting the Power Folding
Mirrors
Reset the power folding mirrors if:
. The mirrors are accidentally
obstructed while folding.
. They are accidentally manually
folded/unfolded.
. The mirrors will not stay in the
unfolded position.
. The mirrors vibrate at normal
driving speeds.

4. Press either (1) or (2) again to
deselect the mirror.
If you do not deselect the mirror, the
feature will turn off after about
one minute.
If equipped, the mirrors may include
a memory function that works with
the memory seats. See Memory
Seats 0 61.
Crew/Double Cab Premium Trim
Shown, Other Models Similar

Power Folding
If equipped with power folding
mirrors:
1. Press (2) to fold the mirrors out
to the driving position.
2. Press (2) again to fold the
mirrors in to the folded position.
The mirrors may also include a
memory function that works with the
memory seats. See Memory
Seats 0 61.

Manually fold both mirrors if they
are out of sync. Fold and unfold the
mirrors three times using the mirror
controls to reset them to their
normal position. A popping noise
may be heard. This sound is normal
after a manual folding operation.

Manual Folding
If equipped, push the mirror toward
the vehicle to fold. Push the mirror
outward to return to its original
position.
Manually fold the mirrors inward to
prevent damage when going
through an automatic car wash.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Keys, Doors, and Windows
Auto Mirror Folding
If equipped, with the ignition off,
press and hold Q on the RKE
transmitter for approximately
one second to automatically fold the
exterior mirrors. Press and hold K
on the RKE transmitter for
approximately one second to unfold.
See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation 0 36.
This feature is turned on or off
through vehicle personalization. See
Vehicle Personalization 0 160.

Turn Signal Indicator

If the vehicle has trailer-tow mirrors,
only the upper glass of the mirror is
heated. The lower convex part of
the towing mirrors is not heated.
See “Rear Window Defogger” under
Climate Control Systems (with
Heater Only) 0 237 or Climate
Control Systems (with Air
Conditioning) 0 238 or Dual
Automatic Climate Control
System 0 240.

Automatic Dimming
Mirror

If equipped, indicator lights on the
mirror flash in the direction of the
turn or lane change.

If equipped, the driver outside mirror
automatically adjusts for the glare of
the headlamps from behind. This
feature comes on when the vehicle
is started.

Heated Mirrors
1 : If equipped, the rear window

Blind Spot Mirrors

defogger also heats the side
mirrors.

W : If equipped, press to turn the
heated side mirrors on or off.

Driving with the Blind Spot
Mirror

If equipped, there is a small convex
mirror built into the upper and outer
corner of the driver outside rearview
mirror. It can show objects that may
be in the vehicle's blind zone.

Actual Mirror View

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Keys, Doors, and Windows

1. When the approaching vehicle
is a long distance away, the
image in the main mirror is
small and near the inboard
edge of the mirror.
2. As the vehicle gets closer, the
image in the main mirror gets
larger and moves outboard.
3. As the vehicle enters the blind
zone, the image transitions
from the main mirror to the
blind spot mirror.
4. When the vehicle is in the blind
zone, the image only appears
in the blind spot mirror.

Using the Outside Mirror with
the Blind Spot Mirror
1. Set the main mirror so that the
side of the vehicle can just be
seen and the blind spot mirror
has an unobstructed view.
2. When checking for traffic or
before changing a lane, look at
the main driver/passenger side
mirror to observe traffic in the
adjacent lane, behind your
vehicle. Check the blind spot
mirror for a vehicle in the blind

zone. Then, glance over your
shoulder to double check
before moving slowly into the
adjacent lane.

Reverse Tilt Mirrors
If equipped with memory seats, the
passenger and/or driver mirror tilts
to a preselected position when the
vehicle is in R (Reverse). This
allows the curb to be seen when
parallel parking.
The mirror(s) return to the original
position when:
. The vehicle is shifted out of
R (Reverse), or remains in
R (Reverse) for about
30 seconds.
. The ignition is turned off.
.

The vehicle is driven in
R (Reverse) above a set speed.

To turn this feature on or off, see
Vehicle Personalization 0 160.

Interior Mirrors
Interior Rearview Mirrors
Adjust the rearview mirror for a clear
view of the area behind your
vehicle.
If equipped with OnStar, the vehicle
may have three control buttons at
the bottom of the mirror. See your
dealer for more information about
OnStar and how to subscribe to it.
See OnStar Overview 0 486.
Do not spray glass cleaner directly
on the mirror. Use a soft towel
dampened with water.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Keys, Doors, and Windows

Manual Rearview Mirror
If equipped, push the tab forward for
daytime use and pull it rearward for
nighttime use to avoid glare from
the headlamps from behind.

Automatic Dimming
Rearview Mirror
If equipped, the mirror will
automatically reduce the glare of the
headlamps from behind. The
dimming feature comes on each
time the vehicle is started.

Windows

{ Warning
Never leave a child, a helpless
adult, or a pet alone in a vehicle,
especially with the windows
closed in warm or hot weather.
They can be overcome by the
extreme heat and suffer
permanent injuries or even death
from heat stroke.

pulsing sound when either rear
window is down and the front
windows are up. To reduce the
sound, open either a front window
or the sunroof, if equipped.

Manual Windows
If equipped, turn the hand crank on
each door to manually raise or lower
the manual windows.

Power Windows

{ Warning
Children could be seriously
injured or killed if caught in the
path of a closing window. Never
leave keys in a vehicle with
children. When there are children
in the rear seat, use the window
lockout button to prevent
operation of the windows. See
Keys 0 33.
The vehicle aerodynamics are
designed to improve fuel economy
performance. This may result in a

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Keys, Doors, and Windows
The windows work when the vehicle
is in ON/RUN, ACC/ACCESSORY,
or when Retained Accessory Power
(RAP) is active. See Retained
Accessory Power (RAP) 0 271.
Press or pull the switch to open or
close the window.
The windows will be temporarily
disabled if the window switches are
used repeatedly within a short time.

Crew/Double Cab Premium Trim
Shown, Other Models Similar

Window Lockout

This feature stops the rear door
passenger window switches from
working except from the driver
position.
Press Z to engage the rear
window lockout feature. The
indicator light is on when engaged.
Press

Z again to disengage.

Window Express Movement
Express-down and, if equipped,
express-up allows the windows to
be opened or closed without holding
the window switch. Press the
window switch fully down or pull it
up, and quickly release it to engage.
Briefly press or pull the same switch
to stop window movement.

Express Window Obstacle
Detection

Crew/Double Cab Premium Trim
Shown, Other Models Similar
Regular Cab Uplevel Trim Shown,
Other Models Similar

The express-up feature will reverse
window movement if it comes in
contact with an object. Extreme cold
or ice could cause the window to
auto-reverse. The window will
operate as normal after the object or
condition is removed.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Keys, Doors, and Windows
Obstacle Detection Override

{ Warning
If obstacle detection override is
activated, the window will not
reverse automatically. You or
others could be injured and the
window could be damaged.
Before you use obstacle detection
override, make sure that all
people and obstructions are clear
of the window path.
The window can be closed by
holding the window switch in the up
position if conditions prevent it from
express closing.

Programming the Power
Windows
Programming may be necessary if
the vehicle's battery has been
disconnected or discharged. If the
window is unable to express-up,
program the window:

Rear Windows
Power Sliding Rear Window

1. Close all doors.
2. Place the ignition in ACC/
ACCESSORY or ON/RUN.
3. Partially open the window to be
programmed, then close it and
continue to pull the switch
briefly after the window has
fully closed.
4. Press the power window switch
until the window is fully open
and briefly hold.

If equipped, the power sliding rear
window works when the ignition has
been turned to ACC/ACCESSORY
or ON/RUN, or when Retained
Accessory Power (RAP) is active.
See Retained Accessory Power
(RAP) 0 271.
. Press the switch to open the
window.
. Pull the switch to close the
window.
The power sliding rear window
cannot be operated manually.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Keys, Doors, and Windows

Sun Visors

Roof
Sunroof

To express-close the sunroof, fully
press and release K. Press the
switch again to stop the movement.
Open/Close (Manual Mode) : To
open the sunroof, press and
hold I. Release the switch to stop
the movement. Press and hold K
to close the sunroof. Release the
switch to stop the movement.
Tilt Switch

Pull the sun visor down to block
glare. Detach the sun visor from the
center mount to pivot to the side
window or, if equipped, extend
along the rod.

Vent : From the closed position,
press J to vent the sunroof. Press
K to close the vent.
If equipped, the sunroof operates
when the ignition is on or in ACC/
ACCESSORY, or when Retained
Accessory Power (RAP) is active.
See Retained Accessory Power
(RAP) 0 271.
Slide Switch
Express-Open/Express-Close : To
express-open the sunroof, fully
press and release I. Press the
switch again to stop the movement.

Automatic Reversal System
The sunroof is equipped with an
automatic reversal system that is
only active when the sunroof is
being operated in express-close.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Keys, Doors, and Windows
If an object is in the path of the
sunroof while it is express closing,
the reversal system will detect the
object and stop. In the event of
closing difficulties like frost or other
conditions, it is possible to override
the reversal system. To override the
reversal system, close in manual
mode. To stop the movement,
release the switch.

Dirt and debris may collect on the
sunroof seal or in the track. This
could cause an issue with sunroof
operation or noise. It could also plug
the water drainage system.
Periodically open the sunroof and
remove any obstacles or loose
debris. Wipe the sunroof seal and
roof sealing area using a clean

cloth, mild soap, and water. Do not
remove grease from the sunroof
tracks.
If water is seen dripping into the
water drainage system, this is
normal.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Seats and Restraints

Seats and
Restraints

Safety Belt Extender . . . . . . . . . . .
Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . .
Safety Belt Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacing Safety Belt System
Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . .

Head Restraints
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57

Front Seats
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Center Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Power Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . 59
Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Heated and Ventilated Front
Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63

Rear Seats
Rear Seats (Double Cab Full
Bench) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Rear Seats (Split Bench) . . . . . . 65

Safety Belts
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
How to Wear Safety Belts
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Safety Belt Use During
Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lap Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

66
67
68
71
72

72
72
73
73

Airbag System
Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . 75
When Should an Airbag
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
What Makes an Airbag
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
How Does an Airbag
Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
What Will You See after an
Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Airbag On-Off Switch . . . . . . . . . . 80
Passenger Sensing System . . . 82
Servicing the Airbag-Equipped
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Adding Equipment to the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . . . 87
Airbag System Check . . . . . . . . . . 88
Replacing Airbag System Parts
after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88

Child Restraints

Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Infants and Young Children . . . . 90
Child Restraint Systems . . . . . . . 92

Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . 94
Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System) . . . . 96
Replacing LATCH System
Parts After a Crash . . . . . . . . . 102
Securing Child Restraints (With
the Safety Belt in the
Rear Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Securing Child Restraints (With
the Safety Belt in the Center
Front Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Securing Child Restraints (With
the Safety Belt in the Front
Passenger Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . 106

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Seats and Restraints

Head Restraints
Front Seats
The vehicle’s front seats have
adjustable head restraints in the
outboard seating positions.

{ Warning
With head restraints that are not
installed and adjusted properly,
there is a greater chance that
occupants will suffer a neck/
spinal injury in a crash. Do not
drive until the head restraints for
all occupants are installed and
adjusted properly.

Adjust the head restraint so that the
top of the restraint is at the same
height as the top of the occupant's
head. This position reduces the
chance of a neck injury in a crash.

The height of the head restraint can
be adjusted. Pull the head restraint
up to raise it. Try to move the head
restraint to make sure that it is
locked in place.
To lower the head restraint, press
the button, located on the top of the
seatback, and push the restraint
down. Try to move the head
restraint after the button is released
to make sure that it is locked in
place.
The front seat outboard head
restraints are not removable.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Seats and Restraints

Rear Seats

Front Seats

The rear seat has adjustable
headrests in the outboard seating
positions.

Seat Adjustment

The height of the headrest can be
adjusted. Pull the headrest up to
raise it. To lower the headrest, push
the headrest down.
If you are installing a child restraint
in the rear seat, see “Securing a
Child Restraint Designed for the
LATCH System” under Lower
Anchors and Tethers for Children
(LATCH System) 0 96.

{

Warning

You can lose control of the
vehicle if you try to adjust a driver
seat while the vehicle is moving.
Adjust the driver seat only when
the vehicle is not moving.

2. Slide the seat to the desired
position and release the
handle.
3. Try to move the seat back and
forth to be sure it is locked in
place.
To adjust the seatback, see
Reclining Seatbacks 0 60.
To adjust the lumbar support,
if equipped, see Lumbar
Adjustment 0 59.

Center Seat
If equipped, the center front
seatback doubles as an armrest and
cupholder/storage area for the driver
and passenger when the center
front seat is not used. Do not use it
as a seating position when the
seatback is folded down.

To adjust a manual seat:
1. Pull the handle at the front of
the seat.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Seats and Restraints

Power Seat Adjustment

To adjust the lumbar support, see
Lumbar Adjustment 0 59.

Power Lumbar

Some vehicles are equipped with a
feature that activates a vibrating
pulse alert in the driver seat to help
the driver avoid crashes. See Driver
Assistance Systems 0 301.

Lumbar Adjustment
Manual Lumbar

To adjust a power seat, if equipped:
. Move the seat forward or
rearward by sliding the control
forward or rearward.
. If equipped, raise or lower the
front part of the seat cushion by
moving the front of the control
up or down.
. If equipped, raise or lower the
seat by moving the rear of the
control up or down.
To adjust the seatback, see
Reclining Seatbacks 0 60.

If equipped, move the lever up or
down repeatedly to increase or
decrease lumbar support.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Seats and Restraints

Reclining Seatbacks

{ Warning
Sitting in a reclined position when
the vehicle is in motion can be
dangerous. Even when buckled
up, the safety belts cannot do
their job.
The shoulder belt will not be
against your body. Instead, it will
be in front of you. In a crash, you
could go into it, receiving neck or
other injuries.
The lap belt could go up over
your abdomen. The belt forces
would be there, not at your pelvic
bones. This could cause serious
internal injuries.
For proper protection when the
vehicle is in motion, have the
seatback upright. Then sit well
back in the seat and wear the
safety belt properly.

Do not have a seatback reclined if
the vehicle is moving.

Manual Reclining Seatbacks

{ Warning
If either seatback is not locked, it
could move forward in a sudden
stop or crash. That could cause
injury to the person sitting there.
Always push and pull on the
seatbacks to be sure they are
locked.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Seats and Restraints
To return the seatback to the upright
position:

Memory Seats

1. Lift the lever fully without
applying pressure to the
seatback, and the seatback will
return to the upright position.

2. Adjust the driver seat, outside
mirrors, and adjustable pedals
(if equipped) to the desired
driving positions.
3. Press and release SET. A beep
will sound.

2. Push and pull on the seatback
to make sure it is locked.

4. Immediately press and hold 1
until two beeps sound.
5. Repeat Steps 1–4 for a second
driver using 2.

Power Reclining Seatbacks

Crew/Double Cab Shown, Other
Models Similar
If memory equipped, the SET, 1, 2,
and B (Exit) buttons on the driver
door are used to manually store and
recall memory settings for the driver
seat, outside mirrors, and adjustable
pedals (if equipped).
To recline a power seatback,
if equipped:
. Tilt the top of the control
rearward to recline.
. Tilt the top of the control forward
to raise.

Storing Memory Positions
To store positions to the 1 and 2
buttons:
1. The ignition must be in ON/
RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY.

To store positions to the B (Exit)
button and easy exit features,
repeat Steps 1–4 above using B to
store your positions for getting out
of the vehicle.
Manually Recalling Memory
Positions
Press and hold 1, 2, or B (Exit) to
manually recall the previously
stored memory positions. Releasing
1, 2, or B before the stored
positions are reached stops the
recall.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Seats and Restraints

Automatically Recalling Memory
Positions (Auto Recall)
If programmed on in the vehicle
personalization menu, the Auto
(Automatic) Memory Recall feature
automatically recalls the current
driver’s previously stored 1 or 2
position when the ignition is
changed from OFF to ON/RUN or
ACC/ACCESSORY.
See “Auto Memory Recall” under
“Comfort and Convenience” in
Vehicle Personalization 0 160.
To stop recall movement, press one
of the memory, power mirror or
power seat controls; or press the
adjustable pedal control (if
equipped).
RKE transmitters are not labeled
with a number. If your memory seat
position is stored to 1 or 2 but this
position is not automatically
recalling, then store your positions
to the other button or switch RKE
transmitters with the other driver.

Easy Exit Recall

Obstructions

If programmed on in the vehicle
personalization menu, the easy exit
feature automatically recalls the
previously stored B (Exit) position.
See “Storing Memory Positions”
listed previously. See also Vehicle
Personalization 0 160.

If something has blocked the driver
seat and/or adjustable pedals while
recalling a memory position, the
recall may stop. Remove the
obstruction. Then do one of the
following:
. For manual or automatic recall
positions, press and hold the
appropriate manual control for
two seconds. Try recalling again
by pressing the appropriate
memory button.
. For exit recall position, press
and hold the appropriate manual
control for the exit feature not
recalling for two seconds. Then
try recalling the exit position
again.

Easy exit recall automatically
activates when one of the following
occurs:
. The vehicle is turned off and the
driver door is opened within a
short time.
. The vehicle is turned off with the
driver door open.
To stop recall movement, press one
of the memory, power mirror or
power seat controls; or press the
adjustable pedal control (if
equipped).

If the memory position is still not
recalling, see your dealer for
service.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Seats and Restraints

Heated and Ventilated
Front Seats

The indicator light on the button
comes on when this feature is on.

{ Warning
If you cannot feel temperature
change or pain to the skin, the
seat heater may cause burns. To
reduce the risk of burns, people
with such a condition should use
care when using the seat heater,
especially for long periods of
time. Do not place anything on
the seat that insulates against
heat, such as a blanket, cushion,
cover, or similar item. This may
cause the seat heater to
overheat. An overheated seat
heater may cause a burn or may
damage the seat.

Heated and Ventilated Seat
Buttons Shown, Heated Seat
Buttons Similar
If equipped, the buttons are on the
center stack. To operate, the engine
must be running.
Press I to heat the driver or
passenger seatback only.
Press J to heat the driver or
passenger seat cushion and
seatback.
Press C to ventilate the driver or
passenger seat.

Press the button once for the
highest setting. With each press of
the button, the seat will change to
the next lower setting, and then to
the off setting. The indicator lights
next to the buttons indicate three for
the highest setting and one for the
lowest. If the heated seats are on
high for an extended time, their level
may automatically be lowered.
Remote Start Auto Heated and
Ventilated Seats
During a remote start, the heated or
ventilated seats can be turned on
automatically. When it is cold
outside, the heated seats turn on,
and when it is hot outside the
ventilated seats turn on. The heated
or ventilated seats are canceled
when the ignition is turned on. Press
the heated or ventilated seat button
to use the heated or ventilated seats
after the vehicle is started.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Seats and Restraints

The heated or ventilated seat
indicator lights do not turn on during
a remote start.
The temperature performance of an
unoccupied seat may be reduced.
This is normal.
The heated or ventilated seats will
not turn on during a remote start
unless they are enabled in the
vehicle personalization menu. See
Remote Vehicle Start 0 38 and
Vehicle Personalization 0 160.

Rear Seats
Rear Seats (Double Cab
Full Bench)
Rear Seat Reminder (Full
Bench Only)
Look in Rear Seat Reminder
Feature
If equipped, this message displays
under certain conditions indicating
there may be an item or passenger
in the rear seat. Check before
exiting the vehicle.
This feature will activate when a
second row door is opened while
the vehicle is on or up to 10 minutes
before the vehicle is turned on,
including if the vehicle was started
remotely. There will be an alert
when the vehicle is turned off. The
alert does not directly detect objects
in the rear seat; instead, under
certain conditions, it detects when a
rear door is opened and closed,
indicating that there may be
something in the rear seat.

The feature is active only once each
time the vehicle is turned on and off,
and will require reactivation by
opening and closing the second row
doors. There may be an alert even
when there is nothing in the rear
seat; for example, if a child entered
the vehicle through the rear door
and left the vehicle without the
vehicle being shut off.
The feature can be turned on or off
through Vehicle
Personalization 0 160.

Folding the Rear Seat
Caution
Folding a rear seat with the safety
belts still fastened may cause
damage to the seat or the safety
belts. Always unbuckle the safety
belts and return them to their
normal stowed position before
folding a rear seat.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Seats and Restraints
2. Pull up on the seat cushion to
make sure it is locked in place.
Make sure the safety belts are
not twisted or caught in the
seat cushion.

{ Warning

To fold the seat:
1. Pull up on the front of the seat
cushion while pulling down on
the release strap loop under
the seat cushion.
2. Pull the seat cushion up until it
latches with the seatback.
3. Pull forward on the seat
cushion to make sure it is
locked in place.
To unfold the seat:
1. Push the seat cushion
rearward while pulling the
release strap loop under the
seat cushion. Pull the seat
cushion down until it latches.

A safety belt that is improperly
routed, not properly attached,
or twisted will not provide the
protection needed in a crash. The
person wearing the belt could be
seriously injured. After raising the
rear seatback, always check to be
sure that the safety belts are
properly routed and attached, and
are not twisted.

Caution
Folding a rear seat with the safety
belts still fastened may cause
damage to the seat or the safety
belts. Always unbuckle the safety
belts and return them to their
normal stowed position before
folding a rear seat.
Make sure that nothing is on the
seat cushion.

Rear Seats (Split Bench)
Folding the Rear Seat
Either side of the rear seat can be
folded for added cargo space.
To fold the seat, slowly pull the seat
cushion up.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Seats and Restraints

To return the seat to the normal
seating position, slowly pull the seat
cushion down.
Make sure the safety belts are not
twisted or caught in the seat
cushion.

{ Warning
A safety belt that is improperly
routed, not properly attached,
or twisted will not provide the
protection needed in a crash. The
person wearing the belt could be
seriously injured. After raising the
rear seatback, always check to be
sure that the safety belts are
properly routed and attached, and
are not twisted.

Safety Belts
This section describes how to use
safety belts properly, and some
things not to do.

{ Warning
Do not let anyone ride where a
safety belt cannot be worn
properly. In a crash, if you or your
passenger(s) are not wearing
safety belts, injuries can be much
worse than if you are wearing
safety belts. You can be seriously
injured or killed by hitting things
inside the vehicle harder or by
being ejected from the vehicle. In
addition, anyone who is not
buckled up can strike other
passengers in the vehicle.
It is extremely dangerous to ride
in a cargo area, inside or outside
of a vehicle. In a collision,
passengers riding in these areas
are more likely to be seriously
injured or killed. Do not allow
(Continued)

Warning (Continued)
passengers to ride in any area of
the vehicle that is not equipped
with seats and safety belts.
Always wear a safety belt, and
check that all passenger(s) are
restrained properly too.
This vehicle has indicators as a
reminder to buckle the safety belts.
See Safety Belt Reminders 0 134.
This vehicle may have the Safety
Belt Assurance System, which may
prevent the vehicle from shifting out
of P (Park). See Safety Belt
Messages 0 155.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Seats and Restraints
Why Safety Belts Work

Questions and Answers About
Safety Belts

How to Wear Safety Belts
Properly

Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicle
after a crash if I am wearing a
safety belt?

This section is only for people of
adult size.

A: You could be — whether you are
wearing a safety belt or not.
Your chance of being conscious
during and after a crash, so you
can unbuckle and get out, is
much greater if you are belted.

When riding in a vehicle, you travel
as fast as the vehicle does. If the
vehicle stops suddenly, you keep
going until something stops you.
It could be the windshield, the
instrument panel, or the safety belts!
When you wear a safety belt, you
and the vehicle slow down together.
There is more time to stop because
you stop over a longer distance and,
when worn properly, your strongest
bones take the forces from the
safety belts. That is why wearing
safety belts makes such good
sense.

Q: If my vehicle has airbags, why
should I have to wear safety
belts?
A: Airbags are supplemental
systems only. They work with
safety belts — not instead of
them. Whether or not an airbag
is provided, all occupants still
have to buckle up to get the
most protection.
Also, in nearly all states and in
all Canadian provinces, the law
requires wearing safety belts.

There are special things to know
about safety belts and children, and
there are different rules for smaller
children and infants. If a child will be
riding in the vehicle, see Older
Children 0 88 or Infants and Young
Children 0 90. Follow those rules for
everyone's protection.
It is very important for all occupants
to buckle up. Statistics show that
unbelted people are hurt more often
in crashes than those who are
wearing safety belts.
There are important things to know
about wearing a safety belt properly.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Seats and Restraints
.

Wear the shoulder belt over the
shoulder and across the chest.
These parts of the body are best
able to take belt restraining
forces. The shoulder belt locks if
there is a sudden stop or crash.

{ Warning
You can be seriously injured,
or even killed, by not wearing
your safety belt properly.
.

Sit up straight and always keep
your feet on the floor in front
of you.

Never allow the lap or
shoulder belt to become
loose or twisted.

Always use the correct buckle
for your seating position.

Wear the lap part of the belt low
and snug on the hips, just
touching the thighs. In a crash,
this applies force to the strong
pelvic bones and you would be
less likely to slide under the lap
belt. If you slid under it, the belt
would apply force on your
abdomen. This could cause
serious or even fatal injuries.

Never wear the shoulder
belt under both arms or
behind your back.

Never route the lap or
shoulder belt over an
armrest.

vehicle have a lap-shoulder belt
except for the center front
passenger position (if equipped),
which has a lap belt. See Lap
Belt 0 72.
The following instructions explain
how to wear a lap-shoulder belt
properly.
1. Adjust the seat, if the seat is
adjustable, so you can sit up
straight. To see how, see
“Seats” in the Index.

Lap-Shoulder Belt
If the vehicle is a regular cab, then
all seating positions in the vehicle
have a lap-shoulder belt. If the
vehicle is a double or crew cab,
then all seating positions in the

2. Pick up the latch plate and pull
the belt across you. Do not let
it get twisted.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Seats and Restraints
The lap-shoulder belt may lock
if you pull the belt across you
very quickly. If this happens, let
the belt go back slightly to
unlock it. Then pull the belt
across you more slowly.
If the shoulder portion of a
passenger belt is pulled out all
the way, the child restraint
locking feature may be
engaged. If this happens, let
the belt go back all the way
and start again.
Engaging the child restraint
locking feature may affect the
passenger sensing system,
if equipped. See Passenger
Sensing System 0 82.

3. Push the latch plate into the
buckle until it clicks.
Pull up on the latch plate to
make sure it is secure. If the
belt is not long enough, see
Safety Belt Extender 0 72.
Position the release button on
the buckle so that the safety
belt could be quickly unbuckled
if necessary.
If the webbing locks in the latch
plate before it reaches the
buckle, tilt the latch plate flat to
unlock.

4. If equipped with a shoulder belt
height adjuster, move it to the
height that is right for you. See
“Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster”
later in this section for
instructions on use and
important safety information.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Seats and Restraints
To unlatch the belt, push the button
on the buckle. The belt should
return to its stowed position.

5. To make the lap part tight, pull
up on the shoulder belt.

could reduce the effectiveness of
the safety belt in a crash. See How
to Wear Safety Belts Properly 0 67.

Always stow the safety belt slowly.
If the safety belt webbing returns
quickly to the stowed position, the
retractor may lock and cannot be
pulled out. If this happens, pull the
safety belt straight out firmly to
unlock the webbing, and then
release it. If the webbing is still
locked in the retractor, see your
dealer.
Before a door is closed, be sure the
safety belt is out of the way. If a
door is slammed against a safety
belt, damage can occur to both the
safety belt and the vehicle.

Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster
The vehicle has a shoulder belt
height adjuster for the driver and
front outboard passenger.
Adjust the height so the shoulder
portion of the belt is on the shoulder
and not falling off of it. The belt
should be close to, but not
contacting, the neck. Improper
shoulder belt height adjustment

Push down on the release button to
move the height adjuster to the
desired position.
Move the adjuster up by pushing up
on the shoulder belt guide.
After the adjuster is set to the
desired position, try to move it down
without pushing the release button
to make sure it has locked into
position.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Seats and Restraints
Safety Belt Pretensioners
This vehicle has safety belt
pretensioners for front outboard
occupants. Although the safety belt
pretensioners cannot be seen, they
are part of the safety belt assembly.
They can help tighten the safety
belts during the early stages of a
moderate to severe frontal, near
frontal, or rear crash if the threshold
conditions for pretensioner
activation are met. And, if your
vehicle has side impact airbags,
safety belt pretensioners can help
tighten the safety belts in a side
crash. If the vehicle has rollover
roof-rail airbags, safety belt
pretensioners can help tighten the
safety belts in a rollover event.
Pretensioners work only once. If the
pretensioners activate in a crash,
they will need to be replaced, and
the vehicle's safety belt system will
probably need other new parts. See
Replacing Safety Belt System Parts
after a Crash 0 73.
Do not sit on the outboard safety
belt while entering or exiting the
vehicle or at any time while sitting in

the seat. Sitting on the safety belt
can damage the webbing and
hardware.

Rear Safety Belt Comfort
Guides
Rear safety belt comfort guides may
provide added safety belt comfort
for older children who have
outgrown booster seats and for
some adults. When installed on a
shoulder belt, the comfort guide
positions the belt away from the
neck and head.
Comfort guides are available
through your dealer for the rear
outboard seating positions.
Instructions are included with the
guide.

Safety Belt Use During
Pregnancy
Safety belts work for everyone,
including pregnant women. Like all
occupants, they are more likely to
be seriously injured if they do not
wear safety belts.

A pregnant woman should wear a
lap-shoulder belt, and the lap
portion should be worn as low as
possible, below the rounding,
throughout the pregnancy.
The best way to protect the fetus is
to protect the mother. When a safety
belt is worn properly, it is more likely
that the fetus will not be hurt in a
crash. For pregnant women, as for
anyone, the key to making safety
belts effective is wearing them
properly.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Seats and Restraints

Lap Belt

will wear, so the extender will be
long enough for you. To help avoid
personal injury, do not let someone
else use it, and use it only for the
seat it is made to fit. The extender
has been designed for adults. Never
use it for securing child restraints.
To wear it, attach it to the regular
safety belt. For more information,
see the instruction sheet that comes
with the extender.

This section is only for the lap belt.
To learn how to wear a lap-shoulder
belt, see Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 68.
The vehicle may have a center
seating position with a lap safety
belt. The lap safety belt does not
have a retractor.

To make the belt shorter, pull its free
end as shown until the belt is snug.
If the belt is not long enough, see
Safety Belt Extender 0 72.
Make sure the release button on the
buckle is positioned so you would
be able to unbuckle the safety belt
quickly if necessary.
To make the belt longer, tilt the latch
plate and pull it along the belt.
Buckle, position, and release it the
same way as the lap part of a
lap-shoulder belt.

Safety Belt Extender
If the vehicle's safety belt will fasten
around you, you should use it.
But if a safety belt is not long
enough, your dealer will order you
an extender. When you go in to
order it, take the heaviest coat you

Safety System Check
Check that the safety belt reminder,
safety belts, buckles, latch plates,
and retractors, are all working
properly. Look for any other loose or
damaged safety belt system parts
that might keep a safety belt system
from performing properly. See your
dealer to have it repaired. Torn or
frayed safety belts may not protect
you in a crash. They can rip apart
under impact forces. If a belt is torn
or frayed, have it replaced
immediately.
Make sure the safety belt reminder
light is working. See Safety Belt
Reminders 0 134.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Seats and Restraints
Keep safety belts clean and dry.
See Safety Belt Care 0 73.

Safety Belt Care
Keep belts clean and dry.

{ Warning
Do not bleach or dye safety belt
webbing. It may severely weaken
the webbing. In a crash, they
might not be able to provide
adequate protection. Clean and
rinse safety belt webbing only
with mild soap and lukewarm
water. Allow the webbing to dry.
Safety belts should be properly
cared for and maintained.
Safety belt hardware should be kept
dry and free of dust or debris. As
necessary exterior hard surfaces
and safety belt webbing may be
lightly cleaned with mild soap and
water. Ensure there is not excessive
dust or debris in the mechanism.
If dust or debris exists in the system

please see the dealer. Parts may
need to be replaced to ensure
proper functionality of the system.

Replacing Safety Belt
System Parts after a
Crash

{ Warning
A crash can damage the safety
belt system in the vehicle.
A damaged safety belt system
may not properly protect the
person using it, resulting in
serious injury or even death in a
crash. To help make sure the
safety belt systems are working
properly after a crash, have them
inspected and any necessary
replacements made as soon as
possible.

After a minor crash, replacement of
safety belts may not be necessary.
But the safety belt assemblies that
were used during any crash may
have been stressed or damaged.
See your dealer to have the safety
belt assemblies inspected or
replaced.
New parts and repairs may be
necessary even if the safety belt
system was not being used at the
time of the crash.
Have the safety belt pretensioners
checked if the vehicle has been in a
crash, or if the airbag readiness light
stays on after you start the vehicle
or while you are driving. See Airbag
Readiness Light 0 135.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Seats and Restraints

Airbag System
The vehicle has the following
airbags:
. A frontal airbag for the driver.
.

A frontal airbag for the front
outboard passenger.

The vehicle may have the following
airbags:
. A seat-mounted side impact
airbag for the driver.
. A seat-mounted side impact
airbag for the front outboard
passenger.
. A roof-rail airbag for the driver
and the passenger seated
directly behind the driver.
. A roof-rail airbag for the front
outboard passenger and the
person seated directly behind
the front outboard passenger.
All of the airbags in the vehicle will
have the word AIRBAG on the trim
or on a label near the deployment
opening.

For frontal airbags, the word
AIRBAG is on the center of the
steering wheel for the driver and on
the instrument panel for the front
outboard passenger.
For seat-mounted side impact
airbags, the word AIRBAG is on the
seatback closest to the door.
For roof-rail airbags, the word
AIRBAG is on the ceiling or trim.
Airbags are designed to supplement
the protection provided by safety
belts. Even though today's airbags
are also designed to help reduce
the risk of injury from the force of an
inflating bag, all airbags must inflate
very quickly to do their job.
Here are the most important things
to know about the airbag system:

{ Warning
You can be severely injured or
killed in a crash if you are not
wearing your safety belt, even
with airbags. Airbags are
designed to work with safety
(Continued)

Warning (Continued)
belts, not replace them. Also,
airbags are not designed to inflate
in every crash. In some crashes
safety belts are the only restraint.
See When Should an Airbag
Inflate? 0 76.
Wearing your safety belt during a
crash helps reduce your chance
of hitting things inside the vehicle
or being ejected from it. Airbags
are “supplemental restraints” to
the safety belts. Everyone in the
vehicle should wear a safety belt
properly, whether or not there is
an airbag for that person.

{ Warning
Because airbags inflate with great
force and faster than the blink of
an eye, anyone who is up
against, or very close to any
airbag when it inflates can be
(Continued)

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Seats and Restraints
Warning (Continued)
seriously injured or killed. Do not
sit unnecessarily close to any
airbag, as you would be if sitting
on the edge of the seat or leaning
forward. Safety belts help keep
you in position before and during
a crash. Always wear a safety
belt, even with airbags. The driver
should sit as far back as possible
while still maintaining control of
the vehicle. The safety belts and
the front outboard passenger
airbags are most effective when
you are sitting well back and
upright in the seat with both feet
on the floor.
Occupants should not lean on or
sleep against the door or side
windows in seating positions with
seat-mounted side impact airbags
and/or roof-rail airbags.

{ Warning

Where Are the Airbags?

Children who are up against,
or very close to, any airbag when
it inflates can be seriously injured
or killed. Always secure children
properly in the vehicle. To read
how, see Older Children 0 88 or
Infants and Young Children 0 90.

The driver frontal airbag is in the
center of the steering wheel.
There is an airbag readiness light
on the instrument cluster, which
shows the airbag symbol.
The system checks the airbag
electrical system for malfunctions.
The light tells you if there is an
electrical problem. See Airbag
Readiness Light 0 135 for more
information.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Seats and Restraints

The front outboard passenger
frontal airbag is in the passenger
side instrument panel.

Warning (Continued)
or even death. The path of an
inflating airbag must be kept
clear. Do not put anything
between an occupant and an
airbag, and do not attach or put
anything on the steering wheel
hub or on or near any other
airbag covering.
Driver Side Crew Cab Shown,
Passenger Side Double and
Regular Cabs Similar

Driver Side Shown, Passenger
Side Similar
If the vehicle has seat-mounted side
impact airbags for the driver and
front outboard passenger, they are
in the side of the seatbacks closest
to the door.

If the vehicle has roof-rail airbags
for the driver, front outboard
passenger, and second row
outboard passengers, they are in
the ceiling above the side windows.

{ Warning
If something is between an
occupant and an airbag, the
airbag might not inflate properly
or it might force the object into
that person causing severe injury
(Continued)

Do not use seat accessories that
block the inflation path of a
seat-mounted side impact airbag.
Never secure anything to the roof
of a vehicle with roof-rail airbags
by routing a rope or tie⇣down
through any door or window
opening. If you do, the path of an
inflating roof-rail airbag will be
blocked.

When Should an Airbag
Inflate?
This vehicle is equipped with
airbags. See Airbag System 0 74.
Airbags are designed to inflate if the
impact exceeds the specific airbag

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Seats and Restraints
system's deployment threshold.
Deployment thresholds are used to
predict how severe a crash is likely
to be in time for the airbags to
inflate and help restrain the
occupants. The vehicle has
electronic sensors which help the
airbag system determine the
severity of the impact. Deployment
thresholds can vary with specific
vehicle design.
Frontal airbags are designed to
inflate in moderate to severe frontal
or near frontal crashes to help
reduce the potential for severe
injuries, mainly to the driver's or
front outboard passenger's head
and chest.
Whether the frontal airbags will or
should inflate is not based primarily
on how fast the vehicle is traveling.
It depends on what is hit, the
direction of the impact, and how
quickly the vehicle slows down.
Frontal airbags may inflate at
different crash speeds depending on
whether the vehicle hits an object
straight on or at an angle, and

whether the object is fixed or
moving, rigid or deformable, narrow
or wide.
Frontal airbags are not intended to
inflate during vehicle rollovers, in
rear impacts, or in many side
impacts.
In addition, if the GVWR (Gross
Vehicle Weight Rating) is at or
below 3 855 kg (8,500 lb), the
vehicle has advanced technology
frontal airbags. You can find the
GVWR on the Certification/Tire label
on the center pillar of the vehicle.
See Vehicle Load Limits 0 259 for
more information.
Advanced technology frontal airbags
adjust the restraint according to
crash severity. Vehicles with
advanced technology frontal airbags
have a seat position sensor that
enables the sensing system to
monitor the position of the driver
seat. The seat position sensor
provides information that is used to
adjust the deployment of the driver
frontal airbag.

If the GVWR is at or below 4 536 kg
(10,000 lb), the vehicle has
seat-mounted side impact airbags.
Vehicles with a GVWR above
4 536 kg (10,000 lb) may or may not
have seat-mounted side impact
airbags. Seat-mounted side impact
airbags, if equipped, are designed
to inflate in moderate to severe side
crashes depending on the location
of the impact. Seat-mounted side
impact airbags are not designed to
inflate in frontal impacts, near frontal
impacts, rollovers, or rear impacts.
A seat-mounted side impact airbag
is designed to inflate on the side of
the vehicle that is struck.
Vehicles with a GVWR at or below
3 855 kg (8,500 lb) have roof-rail
airbags. These roof-rail airbags are
designed to inflate in moderate to
severe side crashes depending on
the location of the impact. In
addition, these roof-rail airbags are
designed to inflate during a rollover
or in a severe frontal impact. The
roof-rail airbags are not designed to
inflate in rear impacts. Both roof-rail
airbags will inflate when either side
of the vehicle is struck or if the

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Seats and Restraints

sensing system predicts that the
vehicle is about to roll over on its
side, or in a severe frontal impact.
Vehicles with a GVWR above
3 855 kg (8,500 lb) up to and
including 4 536 kg (10,000 lb) also
have roof-rail airbags. These
roof-rail airbags are designed to
inflate in moderate to severe side
crashes depending on the location
of the impact. Both roof-rail airbags
will inflate when either side of the
vehicle is struck. In addition, these
roof-rail airbags are designed to
inflate in a severe frontal impact.
The roof-rail airbags are also
rollover capable except on models
sold as an incomplete vehicle with
the pickup box removed. If the
roof-rail airbags are rollover
capable, both roof-rail airbags will
also inflate if the sensing system
predicts that the vehicle is about to
roll over on its side. The roof-rail
airbags are not designed to inflate in
rear impacts.
Vehicles with a GVWR above
4 536 kg (10,000 lb) may or may not
be equipped with roof-rail airbags.
These roof-rail airbags, if equipped,

are designed to inflate in moderate
to severe side crashes depending
on the location of the impact. Both
roof-rail airbags will inflate when
either side of the vehicle is struck.
In addition, these roof-rail airbags
are designed to inflate in a severe
frontal impact. If the vehicle has
single rear wheels and has a
factory-installed pickup box and
roof-rail airbags, the roof-rail airbags
are rollover capable. If the vehicle
has dual rear wheels, or is sold as
an incomplete vehicle, as a chassis
cab, or with the pickup box
removed, and has roof-rail airbags,
the roof-rail airbags are not rollover
capable. If the airbags are rollover
capable, both roof-rail airbags will
also inflate if the sensing system
predicts that the vehicle is about to
roll over on its side. The roof-rail
airbags are not designed to inflate in
rear impacts.

What Makes an Airbag
Inflate?

In any particular crash, no one can
say whether an airbag should have
inflated simply because of the
vehicle damage or repair costs.

Airbags supplement the protection
provided by safety belts by
distributing the force of the impact
more evenly over the
occupant's body.

In a deployment event, the sensing
system sends an electrical signal
triggering a release of gas from the
inflator. Gas from the inflator fills the
airbag causing the bag to break out
of the cover. The inflator, the airbag,
and related hardware are all part of
the airbag module.
For airbag locations, see Where Are
the Airbags? 0 75.

How Does an Airbag
Restrain?
In moderate to severe frontal or
near frontal collisions, even belted
occupants can contact the steering
wheel or the instrument panel. In
moderate to severe side collisions,
even belted occupants can contact
the inside of the vehicle.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Seats and Restraints
Rollover capable roof-rail airbags
are designed to help contain the
head and chest of occupants in the
outboard seating positions in the
first and second rows. The rollover
capable roof-rail airbags are
designed to help reduce the risk of
full or partial ejection in rollover
events, although no system can
prevent all such ejections.
But airbags would not help in many
types of collisions, primarily
because the occupant's motion is
not toward those airbags. See When
Should an Airbag Inflate? 0 76.
Airbags should never be regarded
as anything more than a supplement
to safety belts.

What Will You See after
an Airbag Inflates?
For an eAssist vehicle, see the
Silverado/Sierra eAssist
supplement.
After the frontal airbags and
seat-mounted side impact airbags
inflate, they quickly deflate, so
quickly that some people may not

even realize an airbag inflated.
Roof-rail airbags may still be at least
partially inflated for some time after
they inflate. Some components of
the airbag module may be hot for
several minutes. For location of the
airbags, see Where Are the
Airbags? 0 75.
The parts of the airbag that come
into contact with you may be warm,
but not too hot to touch. There may
be some smoke and dust coming
from the vents in the deflated
airbags. Airbag inflation does not
prevent the driver from seeing out of
the windshield or being able to steer
the vehicle, nor does it prevent
people from leaving the vehicle.

{ Warning
When an airbag inflates, there
may be dust in the air. This dust
could cause breathing problems
for people with a history of
asthma or other breathing trouble.
To avoid this, everyone in the
vehicle should get out as soon as
(Continued)

Warning (Continued)
it is safe to do so. If you have
breathing problems but cannot
get out of the vehicle after an
airbag inflates, then get fresh air
by opening a window or a door.
If you experience breathing
problems following an airbag
deployment, you should seek
medical attention.
The vehicle has a feature that may
automatically unlock the doors, turn
on the interior lamps and hazard
warning flashers, and shut off the
fuel system after the airbags inflate.
The feature may also activate,
without airbag inflation, after an
event that exceeds a predetermined
threshold. You can lock the doors,
and turn off the interior lamps, and
turn off the hazard warning flashers
by using the controls for those
features.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Seats and Restraints
airbag system will not be there
to help protect you in another
crash. A new system will include
airbag modules and possibly
other parts. The service manual
for the vehicle covers the need
to replace other parts.

{ Warning
A crash severe enough to inflate
the airbags may have also
damaged important functions in
the vehicle, such as the fuel
system, brake and steering
systems, etc. Even if the vehicle
appears to be drivable after a
moderate crash, there may be
concealed damage that could
make it difficult to safely operate
the vehicle.
Use caution if you should attempt
to restart the engine after a crash
has occurred.
In many crashes severe enough to
inflate the airbag, windshields are
broken by vehicle deformation.
Additional windshield breakage may
also occur from the front outboard
passenger airbag.
. Airbags are designed to inflate
only once. After an airbag
inflates, you will need some new
parts for the airbag system.
If you do not get them, the

The vehicle has a crash sensing
and diagnostic module which
records information after a
crash. See Vehicle Data
Recording and Privacy 0 484
and Event Data
Recorders 0 484.
Let only qualified technicians
work on the airbag systems.
Improper service can mean that
an airbag system will not work
properly. See your dealer for
service.

Airbag On-Off Switch
If the passenger side instrument
panel endcap has the switch
pictured in the following illustration,
the vehicle has an airbag on-off
switch that you can use to manually

turn on or off the front outboard
passenger frontal airbag. See
Instrument Panel 0 6.

If the vehicle does not have an
airbag on-off switch, it may have a
passenger sensing system. See
Passenger Sensing System 0 82.
This switch should only be turned to
the off position if the person in the
front outboard passenger position is
a member of a passenger risk group
identified by the national
government as follows:
Infant. An infant (less than 1 year
old) must ride in the front seat
because:
. My vehicle has no rear seat;

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Seats and Restraints
.

My vehicle has a rear seat too
small to accommodate a
rear-facing infant seat; or

The infant has a medical
condition which, according to the
infant's physician, makes it
necessary for the infant to ride in
the front seat so that the driver
can constantly monitor the
child's condition.

Child age 1 to 12. A child
age 1 to 12 must ride in the front
seat because:
. My vehicle has no rear seat;
.

Although children ages 1 to 12
ride in the rear seat(s) whenever
possible, children ages 1 to 12
sometimes must ride in the front
because no space is available in
the rear seat(s) of my vehicle; or
The child has a medical
condition which, according to the
child's physician, makes it
necessary for the child to ride in
the front seat so that the driver
can constantly monitor the
child's condition.

Medical Condition. A passenger
has a medical condition which,
according to his or her physician:
. Causes the passenger airbag to
pose a special risk for the
passenger; and
. Makes the potential harm from
the passenger airbag in a crash
greater than the potential harm
from turning off the airbag and
allowing the passenger, even if
belted, to hit the instrument
panel or windshield in a crash.

Warning (Continued)
passenger frontal airbag unless
the person sitting there is in a risk
group.

To turn off the front outboard
passenger frontal airbag, insert the
ignition key into the switch, push in,
and move the switch to the off
position.
The word OFF or the off symbol will
come on in the passenger airbag
status indicator located in the
overhead console to let you know
that the front outboard passenger
frontal airbag is off, after the system
check is completed. The airbag off
light will come on and stay on to let

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Seats and Restraints
have a passenger sensing system.
See Airbag On-Off Switch 0 80 for
more information.

you know that the front outboard
passenger frontal airbag is off. See
Airbag On-Off Light 0 136. The front
outboard passenger airbag will
remain off until you turn it back on
again.

The passenger airbag status
indicator will light on the overhead
console when the vehicle is started.

{ Warning
If the airbag readiness light ever
comes on and stays on, it means
that something may be wrong
with the airbag system. For
example, the front outboard
passenger frontal airbag could
inflate even though the airbag
on-off switch is turned off.
To help avoid injury to yourself or
others, have the vehicle serviced
right away. See Airbag Readiness
Light 0 135 for more information,
including important safety
information.

To turn the front outboard passenger
frontal airbag on again, insert the
ignition key into the switch, push in,
and move the switch to the on
position.

United States

The front outboard passenger
frontal airbag is now enabled
(may inflate). See Airbag On-Off
Light 0 136.

Passenger Sensing
System
If the vehicle has one of the
following indicators, then the vehicle
has a passenger sensing system for
the front outboard passenger
position, unless there is an airbag
on-off switch on the instrument
panel endcap. If there is an airbag
on-off switch, the vehicle does not

Canada and Mexico
The words ON and OFF, or the
symbol for on and off, will be visible
during the system check. When the
system check is complete, either the
word ON or OFF, or the symbol for
on or off, will be visible. See
Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator 0 137.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Seats and Restraints
The passenger sensing system
turns off the front outboard
passenger frontal airbag under
certain conditions. No other airbag
is affected by the passenger
sensing system.
The passenger sensing system
works with sensors that are part of
the front outboard passenger seat
and safety belt. The sensors are
designed to detect the presence of
a properly seated occupant and
determine if the front outboard
passenger frontal airbag should be
allowed to inflate or not.
According to accident statistics,
children are safer when properly
secured in a rear seat in the correct
child restraint for their weight
and size.
Whenever possible, children aged
12 and under should be secured in
a rear seating position.
Never put a rear-facing child seat in
the front. This is because the risk to
the rear-facing child is so great,
if the airbag deploys.

{ Warning
A child in a rear-facing child
restraint can be seriously injured
or killed if the passenger frontal
airbag inflates. This is because
the back of the rear-facing child
restraint would be very close to
the inflating airbag. A child in a
forward-facing child restraint can
be seriously injured or killed if the
passenger frontal airbag inflates
and the passenger seat is in a
forward position.
Even if the passenger sensing
system has turned off the
passenger frontal airbag, no
system is fail-safe. No one can
guarantee that an airbag will not
deploy under some unusual
circumstance, even though the
airbag is turned off.
Never put a rear-facing child
restraint in the front seat, even if
the airbag is off. If securing a
forward-facing child restraint in
(Continued)

Warning (Continued)
the front outboard passenger
seat, always move the seat as far
back as it will go. It is better to
secure child restraints in the rear
seat. Consider using another
vehicle to transport the child
when a rear seat is not available.
If the vehicle does not have a rear
seat that will accommodate a
rear-facing child restraint, a
rear-facing child restraint should not
be installed in the vehicle, even if
the airbag is off.
The passenger sensing system is
designed to turn off the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag if:
. The front outboard passenger
seat is unoccupied.
. The system determines an infant
is present in a child restraint.
. A front outboard passenger
takes his/her weight off of the
seat for a period of time.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

84
.

Seats and Restraints
There is a critical problem with
the airbag system or the
passenger sensing system.

When the passenger sensing
system has turned off the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag,
the off indicator will light and stay lit
as a reminder that the airbag is off.
See Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator 0 137.
The passenger sensing system is
designed to turn on the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag
anytime the system senses that a
person of adult size is sitting
properly in the front outboard
passenger seat.
When the passenger sensing
system has allowed the airbag to be
enabled, the on indicator will light
and stay lit as a reminder that the
airbag is active.
For some children, including
children in child restraints, and for
very small adults, the passenger
sensing system may or may not turn
off the front outboard passenger

frontal airbag, depending upon the
person's seating posture and body
build. Everyone in the vehicle who
has outgrown child restraints should
wear a safety belt
properly — whether or not there is
an airbag for that person.

{ Warning
If the airbag readiness light ever
comes on and stays on, it means
that something may be wrong
with the airbag system. To help
avoid injury to yourself or others,
have the vehicle serviced right
away. See Airbag Readiness
Light 0 135 for more information,
including important safety
information.

If the On Indicator Is Lit for a
Child Restraint
The passenger sensing system is
designed to turn off the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag if
the system determines that an infant

is present in a child restraint. If a
child restraint has been installed
and the on indicator is lit:
1. Turn the vehicle off.
2. Remove the child restraint from
the vehicle.
3. Remove any additional items
from the seat such as blankets,
cushions, seat covers, seat
heaters, or seat massagers.
4. Reinstall the child restraint
following the directions
provided by the child restraint
manufacturer and refer to
Securing Child Restraints (With
the Safety Belt in the Center
Front Seat) 0 106 or Securing
Child Restraints (With the
Safety Belt in the Rear Seat)
0 102 or Securing Child
Restraints (With the Safety Belt
in the Front Passenger
Seat) 0 106.
Make sure the safety belt
retractor is locked by pulling
the shoulder belt all the way
out of the retractor when
installing the child restraint,

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Seats and Restraints
even if the child restraint is
equipped with a safety belt
lock-off. When the retractor
lock is set, the belt can be
tightened but not pulled out of
the retractor.
5. If, after reinstalling the child
restraint and restarting the
vehicle, the on indicator is still
lit, turn the vehicle off. Then
slightly recline the vehicle
seatback and adjust the seat
cushion, if adjustable, to make
sure that the vehicle seatback
is not pushing the child
restraint into the seat cushion.
Also make sure the child
restraint is not trapped under
the vehicle head restraint.
If this happens, adjust the head
restraint. See Head
Restraints 0 57.
6. Restart the vehicle.
The passenger sensing system may
or may not turn off the airbag for a
child in a child restraint depending
upon the child’s size. It is better to
secure child restraints in the rear
seat. Consider using another

vehicle to transport the child when a
rear seat is not available. Never put
a rear-facing child restraint in the
front seat, even if the on indicator is
not lit.

If the Off Indicator Is Lit for an
Adult-Sized Occupant

steps to allow the system to detect
that person and enable the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag:
1. Turn the vehicle off.
2. Remove any additional material
from the seat, such as
blankets, cushions, seat
covers, seat heaters, or seat
massagers.
3. Place the seatback in the fully
upright position.
4. Have the person sit upright in
the seat, centered on the seat
cushion, with legs comfortably
extended.

If a person of adult size is sitting in
the front outboard passenger seat,
but the off indicator is lit, it could be
because that person is not sitting
properly in the seat or that the child
restraint locking feature is engaged.
If this happens, use the following

5. If the shoulder portion of the
belt is pulled out all the way,
the child restraint locking
feature will be engaged. This
may unintentionally cause the
passenger sensing system to
turn the airbag off for some
adult-sized occupants. If this
happens, unbuckle the belt, let
the belt go back all the way,
and then buckle the belt again
without pulling the belt out all
the way.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Seats and Restraints

6. Restart the vehicle and have
the person remain in this
position for two to three minutes
after the on indicator is lit.

{ Warning
If the front outboard passenger
airbag is turned off for an
adult-sized occupant, the airbag
will not be able to inflate and help
protect that person in a crash,
resulting in an increased risk of
serious injury or even death. An
adult-sized occupant should not
ride in the front outboard
passenger seat, if the passenger
airbag off indicator is lit.

Additional Factors Affecting
System Operation
Safety belts help keep the
passenger in position on the seat
during vehicle maneuvers and
braking, which helps the passenger
sensing system maintain the
passenger airbag status. See
“Safety Belts” and “Child Restraints”

in the Index for additional
information about the importance of
proper restraint use.
A thick layer of additional material,
such as a blanket or cushion,
or aftermarket equipment such as
seat covers, seat heaters, and seat
massagers can affect how well the
passenger sensing system
operates. We recommend that you
not use seat covers or other
aftermarket equipment except when
approved by GM for your specific
vehicle. See Adding Equipment to
the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 87
for more information about
modifications that can affect how
the system operates.
The on indicator may be lit if an
object, such as a briefcase,
handbag, grocery bag, laptop,
or other electronic device, is put on
an unoccupied seat. If this is not
desired, remove the object from
the seat.

{ Warning
Stowing of articles under the
passenger seat or between the
passenger seat cushion and
seatback may interfere with the
proper operation of the passenger
sensing system.

Servicing the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle
Airbags affect how the vehicle
should be serviced. There are parts
of the airbag system in several
places around the vehicle. Your
dealer and the service manual have
information about servicing the
vehicle and the airbag system. To
purchase a service manual, see
Service Publications Ordering
Information 0 481.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Seats and Restraints

{ Warning
For up to 10 seconds after the
vehicle is turned off and the
battery is disconnected, an airbag
can still inflate during improper
service. You can be injured if you
are close to an airbag when it
inflates. Avoid yellow connectors.
They are probably part of the
airbag system. Be sure to follow
proper service procedures, and
make sure the person performing
work for you is qualified to do so.

Adding Equipment to the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle
Adding accessories that change the
vehicle's frame, bumper system,
height, front end, or side sheet
metal, may keep the airbag system
from working properly. The
operation of the airbag system can
also be affected by changing any
parts of the front seats, safety belts,
the airbag sensing and diagnostic
module, steering wheel, instrument
panel, any of the airbag modules,

ceiling headliner or pillar garnish
trim, overhead console, front
sensors, side impact sensors,
or airbag wiring.
Your dealer and the service manual
have information about the location
of the airbag sensors, sensing and
diagnostic module, and airbag
wiring.
In addition, the vehicle may have a
passenger sensing system for the
front outboard passenger position,
which includes sensors that are part
of the passenger seat. The
passenger sensing system may not
operate properly if the original seat
trim is replaced with non-GM
covers, upholstery, or trim; or with
GM covers, upholstery, or trim
designed for a different vehicle. Any
object, such as an aftermarket seat
heater or a comfort-enhancing pad
or device, installed under or on top
of the seat fabric, could also
interfere with the operation of the
passenger sensing system. This
could either prevent proper
deployment of the passenger
airbag(s) or prevent the passenger
sensing system from properly

turning off the passenger airbag(s).
See Passenger Sensing
System 0 82.
If the vehicle has rollover roof-rail
airbags, see Different Size Tires
and Wheels 0 416 for additional
important information.
If a snow plow is added to the
vehicle, the airbags should still work
properly. The airbag systems were
designed to work properly under a
wide range of conditions, including
snow plowing with vehicles that
have the optional snow plow prep
package (RPO VYU). Do not
change or defeat the snow plow's
“tripping mechanism.” If you do, it
can damage the snow plow and the
vehicle, and may cause an airbag
deployment.
If you have to modify your vehicle
because you have a disability and
you have questions about whether
the modifications will affect the
vehicle's airbag system, or if you
have questions about whether the
airbag system will be affected if the
vehicle is modified for any other

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Seats and Restraints

reason, call Customer Assistance.
See Customer Assistance
Offices 0 474.

Airbag System Check
The airbag system does not need
regularly scheduled maintenance or
replacement. Make sure the airbag
readiness light is working. See
Airbag Readiness Light 0 135.

Caution
If an airbag covering is damaged,
opened, or broken, the airbag
may not work properly. Do not
open or break the airbag
coverings. If there are any
opened or broken airbag
coverings, have the airbag
covering and/or airbag module
replaced. For the location of the
airbags, see Where Are the
Airbags? 0 75. See your dealer
for service.

Replacing Airbag System
Parts after a Crash

{ Warning
A crash can damage the airbag
systems in the vehicle.
A damaged airbag system may
not properly protect you and your
passenger(s) in a crash, resulting
in serious injury or even death. To
help make sure the airbag
systems are working properly
after a crash, have them
inspected and any necessary
replacements made as soon as
possible.
If an airbag inflates, you will need to
replace airbag system parts. See
your dealer for service.
If the airbag readiness light stays on
after the vehicle is started or comes
on when you are driving, the airbag
system may not work properly. Have
the vehicle serviced right away. See
Airbag Readiness Light 0 135.

Child Restraints
Older Children

Older children who have outgrown
booster seats should wear the
vehicle safety belts.
The manufacturer instructions that
come with the booster seat state the
weight and height limitations for that
booster. Use a booster seat with a
lap-shoulder belt until the child
passes the fit test below:

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Seats and Restraints
.

Sit all the way back on the seat.
Do the knees bend at the seat
edge? If yes, continue. If no,
return to the booster seat.

Buckle the lap-shoulder belt.
Does the shoulder belt rest on
the shoulder? If yes, continue.
If no, try using the rear safety
belt comfort guide, if available.
See “Rear Safety Belt Comfort
Guides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt
0 68. If a comfort guide is not
available, or if the shoulder belt
still does not rest on the
shoulder, then return to the
booster seat.

Does the lap belt fit low and
snug on the hips, touching the
thighs? If yes, continue. If no,
return to the booster seat.

Can proper safety belt fit be
maintained for the length of the
trip? If yes, continue. If no,
return to the booster seat.
If you have the choice, a child
should sit in a position with a
lap-shoulder belt and get the
additional restraint a shoulder
belt can provide.

Q: What is the proper way to
wear safety belts?
A: An older child should wear a
lap-shoulder belt and get the
additional restraint a shoulder
belt can provide. The shoulder
belt should not cross the face or
neck. The lap belt should fit
snugly below the hips, just
touching the top of the thighs.
This applies belt force to the
child's pelvic bones in a crash.
It should never be worn over the
abdomen, which could cause
severe or even fatal internal
injuries in a crash.
Also see “Rear Safety Belt Comfort
Guides” under Lap-Shoulder
Belt 0 68.
According to accident statistics,
children are safer when properly
restrained in a rear seating position.
In a crash, children who are not
buckled up can strike other people
who are buckled up, or can be
thrown out of the vehicle. Older
children need to use safety belts
properly.

{ Warning
Never allow more than one child
to wear the same safety belt. The
safety belt cannot properly spread
the impact forces. In a crash, they
can be crushed together and
seriously injured. A safety belt
must be used by only one person
at a time.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Seats and Restraints

{ Warning

Never allow a child to wear the
safety belt with the shoulder belt
behind their back. A child can be
seriously injured by not wearing
the lap-shoulder belt properly. In a
crash, the child would not be
restrained by the shoulder belt.
The child could move too far
forward increasing the chance of
head and neck injury. The child
might also slide under the lap
belt. The belt force would then be
applied right on the abdomen.
That could cause serious or fatal
injuries. The shoulder belt should
go over the shoulder and across
the chest.

Children can be seriously injured
or strangled if a shoulder belt is
wrapped around their neck. The
shoulder belt can tighten but
cannot be loosened if it is locked.
The shoulder belt locks when it is
pulled all the way out of the
retractor. It unlocks when the
shoulder belt is allowed to go all
the way back into the retractor,
but it cannot do this if it is
wrapped around a child’s neck.
If the shoulder belt is locked and
tightened around a child’s neck,
the only way to loosen the belt is
to cut it.

Infants and Young
Children
Everyone in a vehicle needs
protection! This includes infants and
all other children. Neither the
distance traveled nor the age and
size of the traveler changes the
need, for everyone, to use safety
restraints. In fact, the law in every
state in the United States and in
every Canadian province says
children up to some age must be
restrained while in a vehicle.

Never leave children unattended
in a vehicle and never allow
children to play with the safety
belts.
Every time infants and young
children ride in vehicles, they should
have the protection provided by
appropriate child restraints. Neither

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Seats and Restraints

the vehicle's safety belt system nor
its airbag system is designed
for them.
Children who are not restrained
properly can strike other people,
or can be thrown out of the vehicle.

{ Warning
Never hold an infant or a child
while riding in a vehicle. Due to
crash forces, an infant or a child
will become so heavy it is not
possible to hold it during a crash.
For example, in a crash at only
40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb)
infant will suddenly become a
110 kg (240 lb) force on a person's
arms. An infant or child should be
secured in an appropriate
restraint.

{ Warning
Children who are up against,
or very close to, any airbag when
it inflates can be seriously injured
or killed. Never put a rear-facing
child restraint in the front
outboard seat. Secure a
rear-facing child restraint in a rear
seat. It is also better to secure a
forward-facing child restraint in a
rear seat. If you must secure a
forward-facing child restraint in
the front outboard seat, always
move the front passenger seat as
far back as it will go.

Child restraints are devices used to
restrain, seat, or position children in
the vehicle and are sometimes
called child seats or car seats.
There are three basic types of
child restraints:
. Forward-facing child restraints
.

Rearward-facing child restraints

Belt-positioning booster seats

The proper child restraint for your
child depends on their size, weight,
and age, and also on whether the
child restraint is compatible with the
vehicle in which it will be used.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Seats and Restraints

For each type of child restraint,
there are many different models
available. When purchasing a child
restraint, be sure it is designed to be
used in a motor vehicle. If it is, the
restraint will have a label saying that
it meets federal motor vehicle safety
standards. The restraint
manufacturer's instructions that
come with the restraint state the
weight and height limitations for a
particular child restraint. In addition,
there are many kinds of restraints
available for children with special
needs.

{ Warning
To reduce the risk of neck and
head injury in a crash, infants and
toddlers should be secured in a
rear-facing child restraint until age
two, or until they reach the
maximum height and weight limits
of their child restraint.

{ Warning
A young child's hip bones are still
so small that the vehicle's regular
safety belt may not remain low on
the hip bones, as it should.
Instead, it may settle up around
the child's abdomen. In a crash,
the belt would apply force on a
body area that is unprotected by
any bony structure. This alone
could cause serious or fatal
injuries. To reduce the risk of
serious or fatal injuries during a
crash, young children should
always be secured in appropriate
child restraints.

Child Restraint Systems

Rear-Facing Infant Seat
A rear-facing child restraint provides
restraint with the seating surface
against the back of the infant.
The harness system holds the infant
in place and, in a crash, acts to
keep the infant positioned in the
restraint.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Seats and Restraints

Securing an Add-On Child
Restraint in the Vehicle

{ Warning

Forward-Facing Child Seat
A forward-facing child restraint
provides restraint for the child's
body with the harness.

Booster Seats
A belt-positioning booster seat is
used for children who have
outgrown their forward-facing child
restraint. Boosters are designed to
improve the fit of the vehicle's safety
belt system until the child is large
enough for the vehicle safety belts
to fit properly without a booster seat.
See the safety belt fit test in Older
Children 0 88.

A child can be seriously injured or
killed in a crash if the child
restraint is not properly secured in
the vehicle. Secure the child
restraint properly in the vehicle
using the vehicle’s safety belt or
LATCH system, following the
instructions that came with that
child restraint and the instructions
in this manual.
To help reduce the chance of injury,
the child restraint must be secured
in the vehicle. Child restraint
systems must be secured in vehicle
seats by lap belts or the lap belt
portion of a lap-shoulder belt, or by
the LATCH system. See Lower
Anchors and Tethers for Children
(LATCH System) 0 96 for more
information. Children can be
endangered in a crash if the child
restraint is not properly secured in
the vehicle.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Seats and Restraints

When securing an add-on child
restraint, refer to the instructions
that come with the restraint which
may be on the restraint itself or in a
booklet, or both, and to this manual.
The child restraint instructions are
important, so if they are not
available, obtain a replacement
copy from the manufacturer.
Keep in mind that an unsecured
child restraint can move around in a
collision or sudden stop and injure
people in the vehicle. Be sure to
properly secure any child restraint in
the vehicle — even when no child is
in it.
In some areas of the United States
and Canada, Certified Child
Passenger Safety Technicians
(CPSTs) are available to inspect
and demonstrate how to correctly
use and install child restraints. In
the U.S., refer to the National
Highway Traffic Safety
Administration (NHTSA) website to
locate the nearest child safety seat
inspection station. For CPST

availability in Canada, check with
Transport Canada or the Provincial
Ministry of Transportation office.

Securing the Child Within the
Child Restraint

{ Warning
A child can be seriously injured or
killed in a crash if the child is not
properly secured in the child
restraint. Secure the child
properly following the instructions
that came with that child restraint.

Where to Put the
Restraint
According to accident statistics,
children and infants are safer when
properly restrained in an appropriate
child restraint secured in a rear
seating position.
Whenever possible, children aged
12 and under should be secured in
a rear seating position.

If a child restraint is secured in the
front outboard passenger seat, and
the vehicle has a switch on the
passenger side instrument panel
endcap to manually turn off the front
outboard passenger airbag, see
Airbag On-Off Switch 0 80 and
Securing Child Restraints (With the
Safety Belt in the Center Front Seat)
0 106 or Securing Child Restraints
(With the Safety Belt in the Rear
Seat) 0 102 or Securing Child
Restraints (With the Safety Belt in
the Front Passenger Seat) 0 106 for
more information, including
important safety information.
Never put a rear-facing child seat in
the front. This is because the risk to
the rear-facing child is so great,
if the airbag deploys.

{ Warning
A child in a rear-facing child
restraint can be seriously injured
or killed if the front outboard
passenger frontal airbag inflates.
This is because the back of the
(Continued)

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Seats and Restraints
Warning (Continued)
rear-facing child restraint would
be very close to the inflating
airbag. A child in a forward-facing
child restraint can be seriously
injured or killed if the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag
inflates and the passenger seat is
in a forward position.
Even if the passenger sensing
system or airbag switch has
turned off the front outboard
passenger frontal airbag, no
system is fail-safe. No one can
guarantee that an airbag will not
deploy under some unusual
circumstance, even though it is
turned off.
Secure rear-facing child restraints
in a rear seat, even if the airbag
is off. If you secure a
forward-facing child restraint in
the front outboard passenger
seat, always move the seat as far
(Continued)

Warning (Continued)
back as it will go. It is better to
secure the child restraint in a
rear seat.

{ Warning
A child in a child restraint in the
center front seat can be badly
injured or killed by the frontal
airbags if they inflate. Never
secure a child restraint in the
center front seat. It is always
better to secure a child restraint in
a rear seat.
Do not use child restraints in the
center front seat position.
When securing a child restraint in a
rear seating position, study the
instructions that came with your
child restraint to make sure it is
compatible with this vehicle.

Child restraints and booster seats
vary considerably in size, and some
may fit in certain seating positions
better than others.
Depending on where you place the
child restraint and the size of the
child restraint, you may not be able
to access adjacent safety belts or
LATCH anchors for additional
passengers or child restraints.
Adjacent seating positions should
not be used if the child restraint
prevents access to or interferes with
the routing of the safety belt.
If the vehicle does not have a rear
seat that will accommodate a
rear-facing child restraint, a
rear-facing child restraint should not
be installed in the vehicle, even if
the airbag is off.
Wherever a child restraint is
installed, be sure to follow the
instructions that came with the child
restraint system and secure the
child restraint system properly.
Keep in mind that an unsecured
child restraint can move around in a
collision or sudden stop and injure
people in the vehicle. Be sure to

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Seats and Restraints

properly secure any child restraint in
your vehicle — even when no child
is in it.

Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children
(LATCH System)
The LATCH system secures a child
restraint during driving or in a crash.
LATCH attachments on the child
restraint are used to attach the child
restraint to the anchors in the
vehicle. This system is designed to
make installation of a child restraint
easier.
In order to use the LATCH system in
your vehicle, you need a child
restraint that has LATCH
attachments. LATCH-compatible
rear-facing and forward-facing child
seats can be properly installed
using either the LATCH anchors or
the vehicle’s safety belts. Do not
use both the safety belts and the
LATCH anchorage system to secure
a rear-facing or forward-facing
child seat.

Booster seats use the vehicle’s
safety belts to secure the child in
the booster seat. If the manufacturer
recommends that the booster seat
be secured with the LATCH system,
this can be done as long as the
booster seat can be positioned
properly and there is no interference
with the proper positioning of the
lap-shoulder belt on the child.
Make sure to follow the instructions
that came with the child restraint,
and also the instructions in this
manual.
When installing a child restraint with
a top tether, you must also use
either the lower anchors or the
safety belts to properly secure the
child restraint. A child restraint must
never be attached using only the top
tether.

The LATCH anchorage system can
be used until the combined weight
of the child plus the child restraint is
29.5 kg (65 lbs). Use the safety belt
alone instead of the LATCH
anchorage system once the
combined weight is more than
29.5 kg (65 lbs).
See Securing Child Restraints (With
the Safety Belt in the Center Front
Seat) 0 106 or Securing Child
Restraints (With the Safety Belt in
the Rear Seat) 0 102 or Securing
Child Restraints (With the Safety
Belt in the Front Passenger
Seat) 0 106.
Child restraints built after March
2014 will be labeled with the
specific child weight up to which the
LATCH system can be used to
install the restraint.
The following explains how to attach
a child restraint with these
attachments in the vehicle.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Seats and Restraints
Not all vehicle seating positions or
child restraints have lower anchors
and attachments or top tether
anchors and attachments. In this
case, the safety belt must be used
(with top tether where available) to
secure the child restraint. See
Securing Child Restraints (With the
Safety Belt in the Center Front Seat)
0 106 or Securing Child Restraints
(With the Safety Belt in the Rear
Seat) 0 102 or Securing Child
Restraints (With the Safety Belt in
the Front Passenger Seat) 0 106.

Lower anchors (1) are metal bars
built into the vehicle. There are two
lower anchors for each LATCH
seating position that will
accommodate a child restraint with
lower attachments (2).

Top Tether Anchor

forward movement and rotation of
the child restraint during driving or in
a crash.
The child restraint may have a
single tether (3) or a dual tether (4).
Either will have a single
attachment (2) to secure the top
tether to the anchor.
Some child restraints that have a
top tether are designed for use with
or without the top tether being
attached. Others require the top
tether always to be attached. In
Canada, the law requires that
forward-facing child restraints have
a top tether, and that the tether be
attached. Be sure to read and follow
the instructions for your child
restraint.

Lower Anchors

A top tether (3, 4) anchors the top of
the child restraint to the vehicle.
A top tether anchor is built into the
vehicle. The top tether
attachment (2) on the child restraint
connects to the top tether anchor in
the vehicle in order to reduce the

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Seats and Restraints

Lower Anchor and Top Tether
Anchor Locations

To assist in locating the lower
anchors on crew cab models, each
seating position with lower anchors
has two labels near the crease
between the seatback and the seat
cushion.

i : Seating positions with
top tether anchors.
anchors.

Do not secure a child restraint in a
position without a top tether anchor
if a national or local law requires
that the top tether be attached, or if
the instructions that come with the
child restraint say that the top tether
must be attached.
According to accident statistics,
children and infants are safer when
properly restrained in a child
restraint system or infant restraint
system secured in a rear seating
position. See Where to Put the
Restraint 0 94 for additional
information.

Rear Seat

j : Seating positions with two lower

Be sure to read the following
instructions to properly install a child
restraint using these loops.

The top tether anchors are the loops
near the top of the seatback for
each rear seating position. These
loops will be used to route the top
tether through, as well as to secure
the top tether to the vehicle. Be sure
to use the anchor (loop) on the
same side of the vehicle as the
seating position where the child
restraint will be placed.

Securing a Child Restraint
Designed for the LATCH
System

{ Warning
If a LATCH-type child restraint is
not attached to anchors, the child
restraint will not be able to protect
(Continued)

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Seats and Restraints
Warning (Continued)
the child correctly. In a crash, the
child could be seriously injured or
killed. Install a LATCH-type child
restraint properly using the
anchors, or use the vehicle's
safety belts to secure the
restraint, following the instructions
that came with the child restraint
and the instructions in this
manual.

{ Warning
Do not attach more than one child
restraint to a single anchor,
except for the center top tether
anchors in the crew cab models.
Attaching more than one child
restraint to a single anchor could
cause the anchor or attachment
to come loose or even break
during a crash. A child or others
could be injured. To reduce the
(Continued)

Warning (Continued)
risk of serious or fatal injuries
during a crash, attach only one
child restraint per anchor.

{ Warning
Children can be seriously injured
or strangled if a shoulder belt is
wrapped around their neck. The
shoulder belt can tighten but
cannot be loosened if it is locked.
The shoulder belt locks when it is
pulled all the way out of the
retractor. It unlocks when the
shoulder belt is allowed to go all
the way back into the retractor,
but it cannot do this if it is
wrapped around a child’s neck.
If the shoulder belt is locked and
tightened around a child’s neck,
the only way to loosen the belt is
to cut it.
(Continued)

Warning (Continued)
Buckle any unused safety belts
behind the child restraint so
children cannot reach them. Pull
the shoulder belt all the way out
of the retractor to set the lock,
and tighten the belt behind the
child restraint after the child
restraint has been installed.

Caution
Do not let the LATCH
attachments rub against the
vehicle’s safety belts. This may
damage these parts. If necessary,
move buckled safety belts to
avoid rubbing the LATCH
attachments.
Do not fold the rear seatback
when the seat is occupied. Do not
fold the empty rear seat with a
safety belt buckled. This could
damage the safety belt or the
(Continued)

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

100

Seats and Restraints
Caution (Continued)

seat. Unbuckle and return the
safety belt to its stowed position,
before folding the seat.
If you need to secure more than one
child restraint in the rear seat, see
Where to Put the Restraint 0 94.
This system is designed to make
installation of child restraints easier.
When using lower anchors, do not
use the vehicle's safety belts.
Instead use the vehicle's anchors
and child restraint attachments to
secure the restraints. Some
restraints also use another vehicle
anchor to secure a top tether.
1. Attach and tighten the lower
attachments to the lower
anchors. If the child restraint
does not have lower
attachments or the desired
seating position does not have
lower anchors, secure the child
restraint with the top tether and
the safety belts. Refer to your

child restraint manufacturer
instructions and the
instructions in this manual.
1.1. Find the lower anchors
for the desired seating
position.
1.2. Put the child restraint on
the seat.
1.3. Attach and tighten the
lower attachments on the
child restraint to the lower
anchors.
2. For forward facing child
restraints, attach and tighten
the top tether to the top tether
anchor (loop), if your vehicle
has one. Follow the child
restraint instructions the
vehicle LATCH anchor weight
limits described at the
beginning of this section, and
the following steps:

Example — Rear Driver Side
Position

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Seats and Restraints
2.1. For a top tether in the
rear driver side position:
2.1.1. Raise the
headrest.
2.1.2. Route the top
tether (4) between
the headrest
posts, through the
loop (3), behind
the inboard
headrest post, and
under the center
shoulder belt (2).
2.1.3. Then attach the
top tether (4) to
the top tether
anchor (loop) (1) at
the center rear
seating position.
2.2. For a top tether in the
rear center position:
2.2.1. Route the top
tether (4) through
the center loop (1),
and behind the
passenger side
headrest post.

2.2.2. Then attach the
top tether (4) to
the top tether
anchor (loop) at
the rear passenger
side seating
position.
2.3. For a top tether in the
rear passenger position:
2.3.1. Raise the
headrest.
2.3.2. Route the top
tether (4) between
the headrest
posts, through the
loop on the
passenger side
and behind the
inboard
headrest post.
2.3.3. Then attach the
top tether (4) to
the top tether
anchor (loop) (1) at
the center rear
seating position.

101

3. Tighten the top tether per the
child restraint manufacturer's
instructions.
When the top tether is properly
tightened, the anchor (loop)
may bend. This is normal and
will not damage the vehicle.
If child restraints are installed
in both outboard positions, both
top tethers can be attached to
the center loop. Top tethers
can be attached for child
restraints in all three rear
seating positions at the same
time, following the routing
instructions above.
4. Before placing a child in the
child restraint, make sure it is
securely held in place. To
check, grasp the child restraint
at the LATCH path and attempt
to move it side to side and
back and forth. There should
be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in)
of movement for proper
installation.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

102

Seats and Restraints

Headrest Removal and
Reinstallation
Removing Rear Headrests
For outboard rear seating positions,
if the child restraint cannot be
installed properly with the headrest
in place, the headrest may be
removed. See your dealer for
assistance with removal, and store
the removed headrests in a secure
place. When the child restraint is
removed, reinstall the headrest
before the seating position is used.
Reinstalling Rear Headrests

To reinstall the headrest:
1. Insert the headrest posts into
the holes in the top of the
seatback with the longer
chrome plated post toward the
driver side of the vehicle.
2. Push the headrest all the way
down until it contacts the top of
the seatback.

Replacing LATCH System
Parts After a Crash

{ Warning
A crash can damage the LATCH
system in the vehicle. A damaged
LATCH system may not properly
secure the child restraint,
resulting in serious injury or even
death in a crash. To help make
sure the LATCH system is
working properly after a crash,
see your dealer to have the
system inspected and any
necessary replacements made as
soon as possible.

If the vehicle has the LATCH system
and it was being used during a
crash, new LATCH system parts
may be needed.
New parts and repairs may be
necessary even if the LATCH
system was not being used at the
time of the crash.

Securing Child Restraints
(With the Safety Belt in
the Rear Seat)
When securing a child restraint in a
rear seating position, study the
instructions that came with the child
restraint to make sure it is
compatible with this vehicle.
If the child restraint has the LATCH
system, see Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children (LATCH
System) 0 96 for how and where to
install the child restraint using
LATCH. If a child restraint is secured
in the vehicle using a safety belt
and it uses a top tether, see Lower
Anchors and Tethers for Children
(LATCH System) 0 96 for top tether
anchor locations.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Seats and Restraints
Do not secure a child seat in a
position without a top tether anchor
if a national or local law requires
that the top tether be anchored, or if
the instructions that come with the
child restraint say that the top strap
must be anchored.
In Canada, the law requires that
forward-facing child restraints have
a top tether, and that the tether be
attached.

under Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children (LATCH
System) 0 96.
2. Put the child restraint on
the seat.

103

Position the release button on
the buckle, away from the child
restraint system, so that the
safety belt could be quickly
unbuckled if necessary.

3. Pick up the latch plate, and run
the lap and shoulder portions
of the vehicle's safety belt
through or around the restraint.
The child restraint instructions
will show you how.

If the child restraint or vehicle seat
position does not have the LATCH
system, you will be using the safety
belt to secure the child restraint. Be
sure to follow the instructions that
came with the child restraint.
If more than one child restraint
needs to be installed in the rear
seat, be sure to read Where to Put
the Restraint 0 94.

5. Pull the shoulder belt all the
way out of the retractor to set
the lock. When the retractor
lock is set, the belt can be
tightened but not pulled out of
the retractor.

Double Cab
1. Remove the headrest prior to
installing a forward-facing child
restraint in an outboard rear
seating position. See “Headrest
Removal and Reinstallation”

4. Push the latch plate into the
buckle until it clicks.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

104

Seats and Restraints
Try to pull the belt out of the
retractor to make sure the
retractor is locked. If the
retractor is not locked, repeat
Steps 5 and 6.

6. To tighten the belt, push down
on the child restraint, pull the
shoulder portion of the belt to
tighten the lap portion of the
belt, and feed the shoulder belt
back into the retractor. When
installing a forward-facing child
restraint, it may be helpful to
use your knee to push down on
the child restraint as you
tighten the belt.

7. For forward-facing child
restraints, attach and tighten
the top tether to the top tether
anchor (loop). Refer to the child
restraint instructions, the
vehicle LATCH anchor weight
limits and instructions listed in
Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System) 0 96.
8. Before placing a child in the
child restraint, make sure it is
securely held in place. To
check, grasp the child restraint
at the safety belt path and
attempt to move it side to side
and back and forth. When the
child restraint is properly
installed, there should be no
more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of
movement.

To remove the child restraint,
unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and
let it return to the stowed position.
If the top tether is attached to a top
tether anchor, disconnect it.
Reinstall the headrest before the
seating position is used. See
“Headrest Removal and
Reinstallation” under Lower Anchors
and Tethers for Children (LATCH
System) 0 96 for additional
information on installing the
headrest properly.

Crew Cab
1. Put the child restraint on
the seat.
2. Pick up the latch plate, and run
the lap and shoulder portions
of the vehicle's safety belt
through or around the restraint.
The child restraint instructions
will show you how.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Seats and Restraints

3. Push the latch plate into the
buckle until it clicks.
Position the release button on
the buckle, away from the child
restraint system, so that the
safety belt could be quickly
unbuckled if necessary.

4. Pull the shoulder belt all the
way out of the retractor to set
the lock. When the retractor
lock is set, the belt can be
tightened but not pulled out of
the retractor.

105

5. To tighten the belt, push down
on the child restraint, pull the
shoulder portion of the belt to
tighten the lap portion of the
belt, and feed the shoulder belt
back into the retractor. When
installing a forward-facing child
restraint, it may be helpful to
use your knee to push down on
the child restraint as you
tighten the belt.
Try to pull the belt out of the
retractor to make sure the
retractor is locked. If the
retractor is not locked, repeat
Steps 4 and 5.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

106

Seats and Restraints

6. If the child restraint has a top
tether, follow the child restraint
manufacturer's instructions
regarding the use of the top
tether. See Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children (LATCH
System) 0 96 for more
information on using the top
tether anchors.
7. Before placing a child in the
child restraint, make sure it is
securely held in place. To
check, grasp the child restraint
at the safety belt path and
attempt to move it side to side
and back and forth. When the
child restraint is properly
installed, there should be no
more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of
movement.
To remove the child restraint,
unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and
let it return to the stowed position.
If the top tether is attached to a top
tether anchor, disconnect it.
For outboard rear seating positions,
if the child restraint cannot be
installed properly with the headrest
in place, the headrest may be

removed. See your dealer for
assistance with removal, and store
the removed headrest in a secure
place. When the child restraint is
removed, reinstall the headrest
before the seating position is used.
For reinstallation instructions, see
“Headrest Removal and
Reinstallation” under Lower Anchors
and Tethers for Children (LATCH
System) 0 96.

Securing Child Restraints
(With the Safety Belt in
the Center Front Seat)

Securing Child Restraints
(With the Safety Belt in
the Front
Passenger Seat)
With Passenger Sensing
System
This vehicle has airbags. A rear
seat is a safer place to secure a
forward-facing child restraint. See
Where to Put the Restraint 0 94.
In addition, the vehicle may have a
passenger sensing system which is
designed to turn off the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag
under certain conditions. See
Passenger Sensing System 0 82
and Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator 0 137 for more information
on this, including important safety
information.
Never put a rear-facing child seat in
the front. This is because the risk to
the rear-facing child is so great,
if the airbag deploys.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Seats and Restraints

{ Warning
A child in a rear-facing child
restraint can be seriously injured
or killed if the front outboard
passenger airbag inflates. This is
because the back of the
rear-facing child restraint would
be very close to the inflating
airbag. A child in a forward-facing
child restraint can be seriously
injured or killed if the front
outboard passenger airbag
inflates and the passenger seat is
in a forward position.
The vehicle may have a
passenger sensing system which
is designed to turn off the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag
under certain conditions.
Even if the passenger sensing
system, if equipped, has turned
off the front outboard passenger
frontal airbag, no system is
fail-safe. No one can guarantee
that an airbag will not deploy
(Continued)

Warning (Continued)
under some unusual
circumstance, even though it is
turned off.
Secure rear-facing child restraints
in a rear seat, even if the airbag
is off. If you secure a
forward-facing child restraint in
the front outboard passenger
seat, always move the seat as far
back as it will go. It is better to
secure the child restraint in a
rear seat.
See Passenger Sensing System
0 82 for additional information.
If the vehicle does not have a rear
seat that will accommodate a
rear-facing child restraint, a
rear-facing child restraint should not
be installed in the vehicle, even if
the airbag is off.
If a child restraint uses a top tether,
see Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System) 0 96 for
top tether anchor locations.

107

Do not secure a child seat in a
position without a top tether anchor
if a national or local law requires
that the top tether be anchored, or if
the instructions that come with the
child restraint say that the top strap
must be anchored.
In Canada, the law requires that
forward-facing child restraints have
a top tether, and that the tether be
attached.
When using the lap-shoulder belt to
secure the child restraint in this
position, follow the instructions that
came with the child restraint and the
following instructions:
1. Move the seat as far back as it
will go before securing the
forward-facing child restraint.
Move the seat upward or the
seatback to an upright position,
if needed, to get a tight
installation of the child
restraint.
When the passenger sensing
system, if equipped, has turned
off the front outboard
passenger frontal airbag, the
off indicator in the passenger

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

108

Seats and Restraints
airbag status indicator should
light and stay lit when you start
the vehicle. See Passenger
Airbag Status Indicator 0 137.

2. Put the child restraint on
the seat.
3. Pick up the latch plate, and run
the lap and shoulder portions
of the vehicle's safety belt
through or around the restraint.
The child restraint instructions
will show you how.

4. Push the latch plate into the
buckle until it clicks.
Position the release button,
away from the child restraint
system, so that the safety belt
could be quickly unbuckled if
necessary.

Tilt the latch plate to adjust the
belt, if needed.

5. Pull the shoulder belt all the
way out of the retractor to set
the lock. When the retractor
lock is set, the belt can be
tightened but not pulled out of
the retractor.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Seats and Restraints
7. If the vehicle does not have a
rear seat and the child restraint
manufacturer recommends
using a top tether anchor,
attach the top tether to the top
tether anchor. Refer to the
instructions that came with the
child restraint and to Lower
Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System) 0 96.

8. Before placing a child in the
child restraint, make sure it is
securely held in place. To
check, grasp the child restraint
at the safety belt path and
attempt to move it side to side
and back and forth. When the
child restraint is properly
installed, there should be no
more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of
movement.
If the vehicle is equipped with a
passenger sensing system, and
when the passenger sensing system
has turned off the front outboard
passenger frontal airbag, the off
indicator in the passenger airbag
status indicator should light and stay
lit when the vehicle is started.

109

If a child restraint has been installed
and the on indicator is lit, see “If the
On Indicator Is Lit for a Child
Restraint” under Passenger Sensing
System 0 82 for more information.
To remove the child restraint,
unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and
let it return to the stowed position.
If the top tether is attached to a top
tether anchor, disconnect it.

With Airbag On-Off Switch
This vehicle has airbags. A rear
seat is a safer place to secure a
forward-facing child restraint. See
Where to Put the Restraint 0 94.
There may be a switch on the
instrument panel endcap that you
can use to turn off the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag.
See Airbag On-Off Switch 0 80 for
more information, including
important safety information.
Never put a rear-facing child seat in
the front. This is because the risk to
the rear-facing child is so great,
if the airbag deploys.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

110

Seats and Restraints

{ Warning
A child in a rear-facing child
restraint can be seriously injured
or killed if the front outboard
passenger airbag inflates. This is
because the back of the
rear-facing child restraint would
be very close to the inflating
airbag. A child in a forward-facing
child restraint can be seriously
injured or killed if the front
outboard passenger airbag
inflates and the passenger seat is
in a forward position.
Even if the airbag switch has
turned off the front outboard
passenger frontal airbag, no
system is fail-safe. No one can
guarantee that an airbag will not
deploy under some unusual
circumstance, even though it is
turned off.
Secure rear-facing child restraints
in a rear seat, even if the airbag
is off. If you secure a
(Continued)

Warning (Continued)
forward-facing child restraint in
the front outboard passenger
seat, always move the seat as far
back as it will go. It is better to
secure the child restraint in a
rear seat.

If the vehicle does not have a rear
seat that will accommodate a
rear-facing child restraint, a
rear-facing child restraint should not
be installed in the vehicle, even if
the airbag is off.
If a child restraint uses a top tether,
see Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System) 0 96 for
top tether anchor locations.
Do not secure a child restraint in a
position without a top tether anchor
if a national or local law requires
that the top tether be anchored, or if
the instructions that come with the
child restraint say that the top strap
must be anchored.
In Canada, the law requires that
forward-facing child restraints have
a top tether, and that the tether be
attached.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Seats and Restraints
When using the lap-shoulder belt to
secure the child restraint in this
position, follow the instructions that
came with the child restraint and the
following instructions:
1. Move the seat as far back as it
will go before securing the
forward-facing child restraint.
Move the seat upward or the
seatback to an upright position,
if needed, to get a tight
installation of the child
restraint.
When the airbag off switch (if
equipped) has turned off the
front outboard passenger
frontal airbag, the off indicator
in the airbag off light should
light and stay lit when you start
the vehicle. See Airbag On-Off
Light 0 136.

Position the release button,
away from the child restraint
system, so that the safety belt
could be quickly unbuckled if
necessary.

Tilt the latch plate to adjust the
belt, if needed.

5. Pull the shoulder belt all the
way out of the retractor to set
the lock. When the retractor
lock is set, the belt can be
tightened but not pulled out of
the retractor.

111

4. Push the latch plate into the
buckle until it clicks.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

112

8. Before placing a child in the
child restraint, make sure it is
securely held in place. To
check, grasp the child restraint
at the safety belt path and
attempt to move it side to side
and back and forth. When the
child restraint is properly
installed, there should be no
more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of
movement.
To remove the child restraint,
unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and
let it return to the stowed position.
If the top tether is attached to a top
tether anchor, disconnect it.
If you turned the airbag off with the
switch (if equipped), turn on the
front outboard passenger airbag

when you remove the child restraint
from the vehicle unless the person
who will be sitting there is a member
of a passenger airbag risk group.
See Airbag On-Off Switch 0 80 for
more information, including
important safety information.

Heavy-Duty Crew Cab Only
This vehicle has airbags. A rear
seat is a safer place to secure a
forward-facing child restraint. See
Where to Put the Restraint 0 94.
Never put a rear-facing child seat in
the front. This is because the risk to
the rear-facing child is so great,
if the airbag deploys.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Seats and Restraints
Warning (Continued)
airbag. Always secure a
rear-facing child restraint in a
rear seat.
If a child restraint uses a top tether,
see Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System) 0 96 for
top tether anchor locations.
Do not secure a child seat in a
position without a top tether anchor
if a national or local law requires
that the top tether be anchored, or if
the instructions that come with the
child restraint say that the top strap
must be anchored.
In Canada, the law requires that
forward-facing child restraints have
a top tether, and that the tether be
attached.

113

When using the lap-shoulder belt to
secure the child restraint in this
position, follow the instructions that
came with the child restraint and the
following instructions:
1. Move the seat as far back as it
will go before securing the
forward-facing child restraint.
Move the seat upward or the
seatback to an upright position,
if needed, to get a tight
installation of the child
restraint.
2. Put the child restraint on
the seat.
3. Pick up the latch plate, and run
the lap and shoulder portions
of the vehicle's safety belt
through or around the restraint.
The child restraint instructions
will show you how.

4. Push the latch plate into the
buckle until it clicks.
Position the release button,
away from the child restraint
system, so that the safety belt
could be quickly unbuckled if
necessary.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

114

Seats and Restraints
7. If your child restraint has a top
tether, follow the child restraint
manufacturer's instructions
regarding the use of the top
tether. See Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children (LATCH
System) 0 96 for more
information on using the top
tether anchors.

5. Pull the shoulder belt all the
way out of the retractor to set
the lock. When the retractor
lock is set, the belt can be
tightened but not pulled out of
the retractor.

8. Before placing a child in the
child restraint, make sure it is
securely held in place. To
check, grasp the child restraint
at the safety belt path and
attempt to move it side to side
and back and forth. When the
child restraint is properly
installed, there should be no
more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of
movement.
To remove the child restraint,
unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and
let it return to the stowed position.
If the top tether is attached to a top
tether anchor, disconnect it.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Storage

Storage
Storage Compartments
Storage Compartments . . . . . . . 115
Instrument Panel Storage . . . . . 115
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Sunglasses Storage . . . . . . . . . . 116
Center Console Storage . . . . . . 116
Floor Console Storage . . . . . . . . 117

Additional Storage Features
Cargo Tie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117

Storage
Compartments

{ Warning
Do not store heavy or sharp
objects in storage compartments.
In a crash, these objects may
cause the cover to open and
could result in injury.

115

To access, pull down on the handle.

Card Holder
If equipped, there is a card holder
on the front instrument panel to the
left of the steering wheel.

Glove Box

Instrument Panel Storage
If equipped, there is storage under
the climate control system.

To access the upper glove box,
unlock with the key and pull up on
the handle.
If equipped, there is a USB port in
the upper glove box.
To access the lower glove box, pull
down on the handle.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

116

Storage

Cupholders

Sunglasses Storage

Center Console Storage

Front
There may be cupholders on the
center front seat console armrest.

Rear

If equipped, sunglasses storage is
on the overhead console. Press the
fixed button on the cover and
release to access.
If equipped, pull the rear seat
armrest down to access the
cupholders.

Bench Seat
If equipped, pull the front center
seat armrest down to access the
storage area with cupholders.
Press the button and lift to open.
There is a removable divider.
If equipped, there are dual USB
ports, an accessory power outlet,
and an auxiliary jack inside.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Storage

Floor Console Storage

117

Additional Storage
Features
Cargo Tie-Downs

Bucket Seat
If equipped, press the latch and lift
to open. Depending on the options
there may be a tote compartment,
accessory power outlet, auxiliary
jack, and USB port(s) inside. There
are openings for power cords on the
edge of the storage area.
See Power Outlets 0 124, USB Port
(Base Radio) 0 199 or USB Port
(Base Radio with Touchscreen)
0 201, and Auxiliary Jack 0 207.
If equipped with the uplevel radio,
see the infotainment manual.

If equipped with front seat floor
console storage, unlock with the
ignition key, press the button, and
lift to open.

The vehicle may be equipped with
cargo tie-downs.
Any of the nine holes inside the
truck bed can be used for tie-downs.
The maximum load is 113 kg
(250 lb) per tie-down.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

118

Storage
Caution

The truck bed walls will collapse if
the tie-downs are overloaded.

3. Fasten the tie-down firmly by
hand only. Do not use tools.
To remove:
1. Remove the tie-down loop
completely by turning
counterclockwise while holding
the backing plate against the
truck bed wall.
2. Pull the backing plate away
from the truck bed wall until a
click is heard. This locks the
toggle into position on the
toggle guide.
3. Push the backing plate against
the truck bed wall. This allows
the toggle nut to spin.

To install:
1. Insert a tie-down loop
assembly until it is flush with
the truck bed wall.
2. Turn the tie-down loop
clockwise to tighten. The
tie-down will be hard to turn
until the toggle moves past the
installation point on the toggle
guide.

4. Remove the backing plate,
toggle guide, and toggle nut
from the truck bed wall
completely.
5. Reinstall the tie-down loop
through the backing plate into
the toggle nut for reuse.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Instruments and Controls

Instruments and
Controls
Controls
Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . 120
Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . 121
Heated Steering Wheel . . . . . . . 121
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . 122
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Wireless Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . 126

Warning Lights, Gauges, and
Indicators
Warning Lights, Gauges, and
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . .
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine Oil Pressure
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine Coolant Temperature
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Voltmeter Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . .

127
128
131
131
131
131
131
132
133
134

Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . 134
Airbag Readiness Light . . . . . . . 135
Airbag On-Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Charging System Light . . . . . . . 138
Malfunction Indicator Lamp
(Check Engine Light) . . . . . . . . 138
Brake System Warning
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Antilock Brake System (ABS)
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Four-Wheel-Drive Light . . . . . . . 141
Tow/Haul Mode Light . . . . . . . . . 141
Hill Descent Control Light . . . . 141
Lane Departure Warning
(LDW) Light (2500/3500
Series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Lane Keep Assist (LKA) Light
(1500 Series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . 142
Traction Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
StabiliTrak® OFF Light . . . . . . . . 143
Traction Control System (TCS)/
StabiliTrak® Light . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Tire Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . 144
Security Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . 144
Front Fog Lamp Light . . . . . . . . . 145
Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . 145

119

Cruise Control Light . . . . . . . . . . 145

Information Displays
Driver Information Center (DIC)
(Base Level) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Driver Information Center (DIC)
(Uplevel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147

Vehicle Messages
Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Battery Voltage and Charging
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Brake System Messages . . . . . 151
Compass Messages . . . . . . . . . . 151
Door Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . . . 151
Engine Cooling System
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Engine Oil Messages . . . . . . . . . 152
Engine Power Messages . . . . . 153
Fuel System Messages . . . . . . . 153
Key and Lock Messages . . . . . 153
Lamp Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Object Detection System
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Ride Control System
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Airbag System Messages . . . . 155
Safety Belt Messages . . . . . . . . 155
Security Messages . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Steering System
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

120

Instruments and Controls

Tire Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Transmission Messages . . . . . .
Vehicle Reminder
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vehicle Speed Messages . . . . .
Washer Fluid Messages . . . . . .

157
157
159
160
160

Controls

Tilt and Telescoping Steering
Wheel

Steering Wheel
Adjustment

Vehicle Personalization
Vehicle Personalization . . . . . . . 160

Universal Remote System
Universal Remote System . . . . 168
Universal Remote System
Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Universal Remote System
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
To adjust the tilt and telescoping
steering wheel, if equipped:
To adjust the steering wheel:
1. Hold the steering wheel and
pull the lever.
2. Move the steering wheel up
or down.
3. Release the lever to lock the
wheel in place.

1. Push the lever (1) down to
move the steering wheel
forward or rearward. Lift the
lever up to lock the wheel in
place.
2. Pull the lever (2) toward you to
move the steering wheel up or
down, then release the lever to
lock the wheel in place.
Do not adjust the steering wheel
while driving.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Instruments and Controls

Steering Wheel Controls

i : Press to reject an incoming

call or end a current call. Press to
mute or unmute the infotainment
system when not on a call.

o or p : Press to go to the
previous or next menu option.
w or x : Press to go to the next or
previous selection.
V : Press to select a highlighted

121

1. Favorite: When on a radio
source, press to select the next
or previous favorite. When on a
media source, press to select
the next or previous track.
2. Volume: Press to increase or
decrease the volume.

Heated Steering Wheel

menu option.

If equipped, some audio controls
can be adjusted at the steering
wheel.

g : For vehicles
with OnStar® or a
®

The favorite and volume switches
are on the back of the steering
wheel.

( : If equipped, press to turn it on or
off. A light next to the button
displays when the feature is
turned on.
The steering wheel takes about
three minutes to start heating.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

122

Instruments and Controls

Horn
To sound the horn, press
steering wheel.

a on the

Windshield Wiper/Washer

Clear ice and snow from the wiper
blades before using them. If frozen
to the windshield, carefully loosen or
thaw them. Damaged wiper blades
should be replaced. See Wiper
Blade Replacement 0 384.
Heavy snow or ice can overload the
wiper motor. An internal circuit
breaker to the motor will stop the
motor until it cools down.
Wiper Parking

The windshield wiper control is on
the turn signal lever.
The windshield wipers are controlled
by turning the band with z on it.

1 : Fast wipes.
w : Slow wipes.
3 INT : Turn the band up for more
frequent wipes or down for less
frequent wipes.
OFF : Turns the windshield
wipers off.

8 : For a single wipe, turn to 8,
then release. For several wipes,
hold the band on 8 longer.

If the ignition is put in OFF while the
wipers are on w, 1, or 3 INT,
they will immediately stop.
If the windshield wiper lever is then
moved to OFF before the driver
door is opened or within 10 minutes,
the wipers will restart and move to
the base of the windshield.
If the ignition is put in OFF while the
wipers are performing wipes due to
windshield washing, the wipers
continue to run until they reach the
base of the windshield.

Windshield Washer

{ Warning
In freezing weather, do not use
the washer until the windshield is
warmed. Otherwise the washer
fluid can form ice on the
windshield, blocking your vision.

L m (Washer Fluid) : Push the
paddle marked with the windshield
washer symbol at the top of the turn
signal lever, to spray washer fluid
and activate the wipers. The wipers
will continue until the paddle is
released or the maximum wash time
is reached. When the paddle is
released, additional wipes may
occur depending on how long the
windshield washer had been
activated. See Washer Fluid 0 375
for information on filling the
windshield washer fluid reservoir.
Compass
The vehicle may have a compass
display on the Driver Information
Center (DIC). The compass receives

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Instruments and Controls
its heading and other information
from the Global Positioning
System (GPS) antenna,
StabiliTrak®, and vehicle speed
information.
The compass system is designed to
operate for a certain number of
miles or degrees of turn before
needing a signal from the GPS
satellites. When the compass
display shows CAL, drive the
vehicle for a short distance in an
open area where it can receive a
GPS signal. The compass system
will automatically determine when a
GPS signal is restored and provide
a heading again. See Compass
Messages 0 151 for the messages
that may be displayed for the
compass.

Clock
Setting the Time and Date with
Faceplate Controls
To set the time or date:
1. Select SETTINGS from the
Home Page, then select Time
and Date.

2. Select the desired function.
3. Turn the MENU knob to
increase or decrease the value.
4. Press the MENU knob to go to
the next value. After the last
value is selected, the system
will update and return to the
Settings menu. Press o BACK
to go to the last menu and
save the changes.
Auto Set requires an OnStar
subscription.
If auto timing is set, the time
displayed on the clock may not
update immediately when driving
into a new time zone.
To set the clock display:
1. Select SETTINGS from the
Home Page, then select Time
and Date.
2. Select Clock Display.
3. Turn the MENU knob to Off
or On.
4. Press the MENU knob to
select.

123

Press o BACK to go to the last
menu and save the changes.

Setting the Time and Date with
Touchscreen Controls
To set the time:
1. Touch the SETTINGS screen
button from the Home Page,
then touch Time and Date.
2. Touch Set Time and touch «
or ª to increase or decrease
hours, minutes, and AM or PM.
Touch 12–24 Hr for 12 or
24 hour clock.
3. Touch the } or 0 screen
button to go back to the
previous menu.
Auto Set requires an OnStar
subscription.
If auto timing is set, the time
displayed on the clock may not
update immediately when driving
into a new time zone.
To set the date:

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

124

Instruments and Controls

1. Touch the SETTINGS screen
button from the Home Page,
then touch Time and Date.
2. Touch Set Date and touch «
or ª to increase or decrease
month, day, or year.
3. Touch the } or 0 screen
button to go back to the
previous menu.
To set the clock display:
1. Touch the SETTINGS screen
button and touch Time
and Date.
2. Touch Clock Display and touch
OFF or ON to turn the clock
display off or on.
3. Touch the } or 0 screen
button to go back to the
previous menu.

Power Outlets
Power Outlets 12 Volt Direct
Current
Accessory power outlets can be
used to plug in electrical equipment,
such as a cell phone, MP3
player, etc.
The vehicle may have up to four
accessory power outlets.
Vehicles with a Center Console
. One or two in front of the
cupholders on the center
console.
. One inside the center console.
.

The power outlets on the center
stack and in front of the cupholders
are powered at all times. The power
outlets inside the storage area and
on the rear of the console are
powered when the ignition is in ON/
RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY,
or when RAP is active.

{ Warning
Power is always supplied to the
outlets. Do not leave electrical
equipment plugged in when the
vehicle is not in use because the
vehicle could catch fire and cause
injury or death.

One on the rear of the center
console.

Vehicles with Bench Seats
. One on the center stack below
the climate control system.
. One or two in the storage area
on the bench seat.
Lift the cover to access and replace
when not in use.

Caution
Leaving electrical equipment
plugged in for an extended period
of time while the vehicle is off will
drain the battery. Always unplug
electrical equipment when not in
use and do not plug in equipment
that exceeds the maximum
15 amp rating.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Instruments and Controls
Certain power accessory plugs may
not be compatible with the
accessory power outlet and could
overload vehicle or adapter fuses.
If a problem is experienced, see
your dealer.

Power Outlet 110/120 Volt
Alternating Current

When adding electrical equipment,
be sure to follow the proper
installation instructions included with
the equipment. See Add-On
Electrical Equipment 0 345.

An indicator light on the outlet turns
on to show it is in use. The light
comes on when the ignition is in
ON/RUN, equipment requiring less
than 150 watts is plugged into the
outlet, and no system fault is
detected.
The indicator light does not come on
when the ignition is in LOCK/OFF or
if the equipment is not fully seated
into the outlet.

Caution
Hanging heavy equipment from
the power outlet can cause
damage not covered by the
vehicle warranty. The power
outlets are designed for
accessory power plugs only, such
as cell phone charge cords.

125

Base Shown, Uplevel Similar
If equipped with this power outlet, it
can be used to plug in electrical
equipment that uses a maximum
limit of 150 watts.
For vehicles with a center console,
the 110/120 volt power outlet is in
front of the cupholders in the center
console.
For vehicles with bench seats, the
110/120 volt power outlet is on the
center stack.

If equipment is connected using
more than 150 watts or a system
fault is detected, a protection circuit
shuts off the power supply and the
indicator light turns off. To reset the
circuit, unplug the item and plug it
back in or turn the Retained
Accessory Power (RAP) off and
then back on. See Retained
Accessory Power (RAP) 0 271.
The power outlet is not designed for
the following, and may not work
properly if they are plugged in:
. Equipment with high initial peak
wattage, such as
compressor-driven refrigerators
and electric power tools.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

126
.

Instruments and Controls

Other equipment requiring an
extremely stable power supply,
such as
microcomputer-controlled
electric blankets and touch
sensor lamps.
Medical equipment.

Wireless Charging
The vehicle may have wireless
charging on top of the center
console. See Center Console
Storage 0 116. The system
wirelessly charges one PMA or Qi
compatible mobile device.
To check for phone or other device
compatibility:
. In the U.S., see
my.chevrolet.com/learn.
. In Canada, see
gmtotalconnect.ca.
. Or, see your dealer for details.

{ Warning
Wireless charging can affect the
operation of an implanted
pacemaker or other medical
devices. If you have one, it is
recommended to consult with
your doctor before using the
wireless charging system.
The vehicle must be in ON/RUN,
ACC/ACCESSORY, or Retained
Accessory Power (RAP). The
wireless charging feature may not
correctly indicate charging when the
vehicle is in RAP. See Retained
Accessory Power (RAP) 0 271.
The operating temperature is ✓20 °C
(✓4 °F) to 60 °C (140 °F) for the
charging system and 0 °C (32 °F) to
35 °C (95 °F) for the phone.

{ Warning
Remove all metal objects from the
charging pad before charging
your mobile device. Metal objects,
(Continued)

Warning (Continued)
such as coins, keys, rings,
or paper clips, between the phone
and charging pad will become
very hot. On the rare occasion
that the charging system does not
detect a metal object, and the
object gets wedged between the
phone and charger, remove the
phone and allow the metallic
object to cool before removing it
from the charging pad, to prevent
burns.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Instruments and Controls
To charge a mobile device:
1. Remove all objects from the
charging pad. The system may
not charge if there are any
objects on the charging pad.
2. Place the mobile device face
up on the @ symbol on the
charging pad.
3. The } will display on the V
on the infotainment screen.
This indicates that the mobile
device is properly positioned
and charging. If a phone is
placed on the charging pad
and } does not display,
remove the phone from the
pad, turn 180 degrees and wait
three seconds before placing/
aligning the phone on the pad
again.

Warning Lights,
Gauges, and
Indicators
Warning lights and gauges can
signal that something is wrong
before it becomes serious enough
to cause an expensive repair or
replacement. Paying attention to the
warning lights and gauges could
prevent injury.

127

Some warning lights come on briefly
when the engine is started to
indicate they are working. When
one of the warning lights comes on
and stays on while driving, or when
one of the gauges shows there may
be a problem, check the section that
explains what to do. Waiting to do
repairs can be costly and even
dangerous.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

128

Instruments and Controls

Instrument Cluster

Base Cluster (English Shown, Metric Similar)

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Instruments and Controls

Uplevel Cluster (English Shown, Metric Similar)

129

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

130

Instruments and Controls

Cluster Menu (Uplevel Cluster)
There is an interactive display area
in the center of the instrument
cluster.

viewed. See “Driver Information
Center (DIC) (Uplevel)” in the
Index.

phone source. If there is an active
call, mute the phone or switch to
handset operation.

Audio

Navigation

Phone

Navigation

Settings

Press V to select the Navigation
app, then press p to enter the
Navigation menu. If there is no
active route, you can resume the
last route and turn the voice
prompts on/off. If there is an active
route, you can cancel the route.

Audio

Use the right steering wheel control
to open and scroll through the
different items and displays.
Press o to access the cluster
applications. Use w or x to scroll
through the list of available
applications. Not all applications will
be available on all vehicles.
. Info App. This is where the
selected Driver Information
Center (DIC) displays can be

Press V to select the Audio app,
then press p to enter the Audio
menu. In the Audio menu browse for
music, select from the favorites,
or change the audio source. In the
main view, use w or x to change
the station or go to the next or
previous track.
Phone
Press V to select the Phone app,
then press p to enter the Phone
menu. In the Phone menu, if there is
no active phone call, view recent
calls, scroll through contacts, select
from the favorites, or change the

Settings
Press V to select the Settings app.
Use w or x to scroll through items
in the Settings menu.
Units : Press p while Units is
displayed to enter the Units menu.
Choose English or metric units by
pressing V while the desired item is
highlighted. A checkmark will be
displayed next to the selected item.
Info Pages : Press p while Info
Pages is displayed to enter the Info
Pages menu and select the items to

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Instruments and Controls
be displayed in the Info app. See
“Driver Information Center (DIC)
(Uplevel)” in the Index.
Speed Warning : The Speed
Warning display allows the driver to
set a speed that they do not want to
exceed. To set the Speed Warning,
press p when Speed Warning is
displayed, or press V on the main
view to set the speed value. Press
w or x to adjust the value. Press
V to set the speed. Once the speed
is set, this feature can be turned off
by pressing V while viewing this
page. If the selected speed limit is
exceeded, a pop-up warning is
displayed with a chime.
Software Information : Press p
while Software Information is
highlighted to display open source
software information.

Odometer

Fuel Gauge

The odometer shows how far the
vehicle has been driven, in either
kilometers or miles.

Trip Odometer
The trip odometer shows how far
the vehicle has been driven since
the trip odometer was last reset.
The trip odometer is accessed and
reset through the Driver Information
Center (DIC). See Driver
Information Center (DIC) (Base
Level) 0 145 or Driver Information
Center (DIC) (Uplevel) 0 147.

Metric

Tachometer
The tachometer displays the engine
speed in revolutions per
minute (rpm).

Speedometer
The speedometer shows the
vehicle's speed in either kilometers
per hour (km/h) or miles per
hour (mph).

English

131

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

132

Instruments and Controls

When the ignition is on, the fuel
gauge indicates about how much
fuel is left in the tank.
There is an arrow near the fuel
gauge pointing to the side of the
vehicle the fuel door is on.
When the indicator nears empty, the
low fuel light comes on. There still is
a little fuel left, but the vehicle
should be refueled soon.
Here are four things that some
owners ask about. None of these
show a problem with the fuel gauge:
. At the service station, the fuel
pump shuts off before the gauge
reads full.
. It takes a little more or less fuel
to fill up than the gauge
indicated. For example, the
gauge may have indicated the
tank was half full, but it actually
took a little more or less than
half the tank's capacity to fill
the tank.
. The gauge moves a little while
turning a corner or speeding up.

The gauge takes a few seconds
to stabilize after the ignition is
turned on, and goes back to
empty when the ignition is
turned off.

Engine Oil Pressure
Gauge

English
The engine oil pressure gauge
shows the engine oil pressure
in kPa (kilopascals) or psi (pounds
per square inch) when the engine is
running.

Metric

Oil pressure can vary with engine
speed, outside temperature, coolant
temperature, and oil viscosity.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Instruments and Controls
A reading outside the normal
operating range can be caused by a
dangerously low oil level or some
other problem causing low oil
pressure. Check the vehicle's oil as
soon as possible. See “OIL
PRESSURE LOW STOP ENGINE”
under Engine Oil Messages 0 152
and Engine Oil 0 359.

133

If the vehicle has a diesel engine,
see the Duramax diesel
supplement.

Engine Coolant
Temperature Gauge

Caution
Lack of proper engine oil
maintenance can damage the
engine. Driving with the engine oil
low can also damage the engine.
The repairs would not be covered
by the vehicle warranty. Check
the oil level as soon as possible.
Add oil if required, but if the oil
level is within the operating range
and the oil pressure is still low,
have the vehicle serviced. Always
follow the maintenance schedule
for changing engine oil.

English
This gauge measures the
temperature of the vehicle's engine
coolant.

Metric

While driving under normal
operating conditions, if the needle
moves into the red warning area,
the engine is too hot. Pull off the
road, stop the vehicle, and turn off
the engine as soon as possible.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

134

Instruments and Controls

Voltmeter Gauge

When the ignition is on, this gauge
indicates the battery voltage.
When the engine is running, this
gauge shows the condition of the
charging system. The gauge can
transition from a higher to lower or a
lower to higher reading. This is
normal. If the vehicle is operating
outside the normal operating range,
the charging system light comes on.
See Charging System Light 0 138
for more information. The voltmeter
gauge may also read lower when in
fuel economy mode. This is normal.

Readings outside the normal
operating range can also occur
when a large number of electrical
accessories are operating in the
vehicle and the engine is left idling
for an extended period. This
condition is normal since the
charging system is not able to
provide full power at engine idle. As
engine speeds are increased, this
condition should correct itself as
higher engine speeds allow the
charging system to create maximum
power.

Safety Belt Reminders

The vehicle can only be driven for a
short time with the readings outside
the normal operating range. If the
vehicle must be driven, turn off all
accessories, such as the radio and
air conditioner.

When the vehicle is started, this
light flashes and a chime may come
on to remind the driver to fasten
their safety belt. Then the light stays
on solid until the belt is buckled.
This cycle may continue several
times if the driver remains or
becomes unbuckled while the
vehicle is moving.

Readings outside the normal
operating range indicate a possible
problem in the electrical system.
Have the vehicle serviced as soon
as possible.

Driver Safety Belt Reminder
Light
There is a driver safety belt
reminder light on the instrument
cluster.

If the driver safety belt is buckled,
neither the light nor the chime
comes on.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Instruments and Controls
Passenger Safety Belt
Reminder Light
There may be a passenger safety
belt reminder light near the
passenger airbag status indicator.
See Passenger Sensing
System 0 82.

The front passenger safety belt
reminder light and chime may turn
on if an object is put on the seat
such as a briefcase, handbag,
grocery bag, laptop, or other
electronic device. To turn off the
reminder light and/or chime, remove
the object from the seat or buckle
the safety belt.

Airbag Readiness Light

For vehicles equipped with the
passenger safety belt reminder light,
when the vehicle is started this light
flashes and a chime may come on
to remind passengers to fasten their
safety belt. Then the light stays on
solid until the belt is buckled. This
cycle continues several times if the
passenger remains or becomes
unbuckled while the vehicle is
moving.
If the passenger safety belt is
buckled, neither the chime nor the
light comes on.

This light shows if there is an
electrical problem with the airbag
system. The system check includes
the airbag sensor(s), passenger
sensing system (if equipped), the
pretensioners, the airbag modules,
the wiring, and the crash sensing
and diagnostic module. For more
information on the airbag system,
see Airbag System 0 74.

135

The airbag readiness light comes on
for several seconds when the
vehicle is started. If the light does
not come on then, have it fixed
immediately.

{ Warning
If the airbag readiness light stays
on after the vehicle is started or
comes on while driving, it means
the airbag system might not be
working properly. The airbags in
the vehicle might not inflate in a
crash, or they could even inflate
without a crash. To help avoid
injury, have the vehicle serviced
right away.
If there is a problem with the airbag
system, a Driver Information Center
(DIC) message may also come on.
See Airbag System
Messages 0 155.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

136

Instruments and Controls

Airbag On-Off Light
If the vehicle has an airbag on-off
switch, it also has a passenger
airbag status indicator located in the
overhead console.

United States

Canada and Mexico
When the vehicle is started, the
passenger airbag status indicator
will light ON and OFF, or the symbol
for on and off, will light for several
seconds as a system check. Then,
after several more seconds, the
status indicator ON or OFF, or either

the on or off symbol, will light to let
you know the status of the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag.
When the front outboard passenger
frontal airbag is manually turned off
using the airbag on-off switch on the
instrument panel endcap, the OFF
indicator light or the off symbol will
come on and stay on as a reminder
that the airbag has been turned off.
This light will go off when the airbag
has been turned on. See Airbag
On-Off Switch 0 80 for more
information, including important
safety information.

{ Warning
If the front outboard passenger
frontal airbag is turned off for a
person who is not in a risk group
identified by the national
government, that person will not
have the extra protection of an
airbag. In a crash, the airbag will
not be able to inflate and help
protect the person sitting there.
Do not turn off the front outboard
passenger frontal airbag unless
the person sitting there is in a risk
group identified by the national
government. See Airbag On-Off
Switch 0 80 for more information,
including important safety
information.

{ Warning
If the airbag readiness light ever
comes on and stays on, it means
that something may be wrong
with the airbag system. For
(Continued)

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Instruments and Controls
Warning (Continued)
example, the front outboard
passenger frontal airbag could
inflate even though the airbag
on-off switch is turned off.
To help avoid injury to yourself or
others, have the vehicle serviced
right away. See Airbag Readiness
Light 0 135 for more information,
including important safety
information.
If the word ON or the on symbol is
lit, it means that the front outboard
passenger frontal airbag is enabled
(may inflate). See Airbag On-Off
Switch 0 80 for more information,
including important safety
information.
If, after several seconds, both status
indicator lights remain on, or if there
are no lights at all, there may be a
problem with the lights or the airbag
on-off switch. See your dealer for
service.

Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator
If the vehicle has the passenger
sensing system, the overhead
console will have a passenger
airbag status indicator. See
Passenger Sensing System 0 82 for
important safety information.

United States

137

several more seconds, the status
indicator will light either ON or OFF,
or either the on or off symbol, to let
you know the status of the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag.
If the word ON or the on symbol is
lit on the passenger airbag status
indicator, it means that the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag is
allowed to inflate.
If the word OFF or the off symbol is
lit on the airbag status indicator, it
means that the passenger sensing
system has turned off the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag.
If, after several seconds, both status
indicator lights remain on, or if there
are no lights at all, there may be a
problem with the lights or the
passenger sensing system. See
your dealer for service.

Canada and Mexico

{ Warning

When the vehicle is started, the
passenger airbag status indicator
will light ON and OFF, or the symbol
for on and off, for several seconds
as a system check. Then, after

If the airbag readiness light ever
comes on and stays on, it means
that something may be wrong
(Continued)

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

138

Instruments and Controls
Warning (Continued)

with the airbag system. To help
avoid injury to yourself or others,
have the vehicle serviced right
away. See Airbag Readiness
Light 0 135 for more information,
including important safety
information.

Charging System Light

system. Have it checked by your
dealer. Driving while this light is on
could drain the battery.
When this light comes on, or is
flashing, the Driver Information
Center (DIC) also displays a
message.
See Battery Voltage and Charging
Messages 0 150.
If a short distance must be driven
with the light on, be sure to turn off
all accessories, such as the radio
and air conditioner.

Malfunction Indicator
Lamp (Check Engine
Light)
The charging system light comes on
briefly when the ignition is turned
on, but the engine is not running, as
a check to show the light is working.
It should go out when the engine is
started.
If the light stays on, or comes on
while driving, there may be a
problem with the electrical charging

This light is part of the vehicle’s
emission control on-board
diagnostic system. If this light is on
while the engine is running, a
malfunction has been detected and
the vehicle may require service. The
light should come on to show that it
is working when the ignition is in
ON/RUN and the engine is not
running. See Ignition
Positions 0 268.

Malfunctions are often indicated by
the system before any problem is
noticeable. Being aware of the light
and seeking service promptly when
it comes on may prevent damage.

Caution
If the vehicle is driven continually
with this light on, the emission
control system may not work as
well, the fuel economy may be
lower, and the vehicle may not
run smoothly. This could lead to
costly repairs that might not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Instruments and Controls
Caution
Modifications to the engine,
transmission, exhaust, intake,
or fuel system, or the use of
replacement tires that do not
meet the original tire
specifications, can cause this light
to come on. This could lead to
costly repairs not covered by the
vehicle warranty. This could also
affect the vehicle’s ability to pass
an Emissions Inspection/
Maintenance test. See
Accessories and
Modifications 0 352.
If the light is flashing : A
malfunction has been detected that
could damage the emission control
system and increase vehicle
emissions. Diagnosis and service
may be required.
To help prevent damage, reduce
vehicle speed and avoid hard
accelerations and uphill grades.

If towing a trailer, reduce the
amount of cargo being hauled as
soon as possible.
If the light continues to flash, find a
safe place to park. Turn the vehicle
off and wait at least 10 seconds
before restarting the engine. If the
light is still flashing, follow the
previous guidelines and see your
dealer for service as soon as
possible.
If the light is on steady : A
malfunction has been detected.
Diagnosis and service may be
required.
Check the following:
. If fuel has been added to the
vehicle using the capless funnel
adapter, make sure that it has
been removed. See “Filling the
Tank with a Portable Gas Can”
under Filling the Tank 0 313.
The diagnostic system can
detect if the adapter has been
left installed in the vehicle,
allowing fuel to evaporate into
the atmosphere. A few driving
trips with the adapter removed
may turn off the light.

139

Poor fuel quality can cause
inefficient engine operation and
poor driveability, which may go
away once the engine is warmed
up. If this occurs, change the
fuel brand. It may require at
least one full tank of the proper
fuel to turn the light off. See
Fuel 0 311.

If the light remains on, see your
dealer.

Emissions Inspection and
Maintenance Programs
If the vehicle requires an Emissions
Inspection/Maintenance test, the
test equipment will likely connect to
the vehicle's Data Link
Connector (DLC).

The DLC is under the instrument
panel to the left of the steering
wheel. Connecting devices that are

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

140

Instruments and Controls

not used to perform an Emissions
Inspection/Maintenance test or to
service the vehicle may affect
vehicle operation. See Add-On
Electrical Equipment 0 345. See
your dealer if assistance is needed.
The vehicle may not pass
inspection if:
. The light is on when the engine
is running.
. The light does not come on
when the ignition is in ON/RUN
while the engine is off.
. Critical emission control systems
have not been completely
diagnosed. If this happens, the
vehicle would not be ready for
inspection and might require
several days of routine driving
before the system is ready for
inspection. This can happen if
the 12-volt battery has recently
been replaced or run down, or if
the vehicle has been recently
serviced.
See your dealer if the vehicle will
not pass or cannot be made ready
for the test.

Brake System Warning
Light
The vehicle brake system consists
of two hydraulic circuits. If one
circuit is not working, the remaining
circuit can still work to stop the
vehicle. For normal braking
performance, both circuits need to
be working.
If the warning light comes on, there
is a brake problem. Have the brake
system inspected right away.

Metric

English

This light should come on briefly
when the engine is started. If it does
not come on then, have it fixed so it
will be ready to warn you if there is
a problem.
When the ignition is on, the brake
system warning light also comes on
when the parking brake is set. The
light stays on if the parking brake

does not fully release. If it stays on
after the parking brake is fully
released, it means the vehicle has a
brake problem.
If the light comes on while driving,
pull off the road and stop carefully.
The pedal might be harder to push,
or the pedal can go closer to the
floor. It may take longer to stop.
If the light is still on, have the
vehicle towed for service. See
Towing the Vehicle 0 436.

{ Warning
The brake system might not be
working properly if the brake
system warning light is on.
Driving with the brake system
warning light on can lead to a
crash. If the light is still on after
the vehicle has been pulled off
the road and carefully stopped,
have the vehicle towed for
service.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Instruments and Controls

Antilock Brake System
(ABS) Warning Light

If both the ABS and the brake
system warning light are on, the
vehicle's antilock brakes are not
functioning and there is a problem
with the regular brakes. See your
dealer for service.
See Brake System Warning Light
0 140 and Brake System
Messages 0 151.

This light comes on briefly when the
engine is started.

Four-Wheel-Drive Light

If the light does not come on, have it
fixed so it will be ready to warn if
there is a problem.
If the light comes on while driving,
stop as soon as it is safely possible
and turn off the vehicle. Then start
the engine again to reset the
system. If the ABS light stays on,
or comes on again while driving, the
vehicle needs service. A chime may
also sound when the light comes on
steady.
If the ABS light is the only light on,
the vehicle has regular brakes, but
the antilock brakes are not
functioning.

141

Tow/Haul Mode Light

For vehicles with the Tow/Haul
Mode feature, this light comes on
when the Tow/Haul Mode has been
activated.
See Tow/Haul Mode 0 282.

Hill Descent Control Light
The four-wheel-drive light comes on
when a vehicle with a manual
transfer case is shifted into
four-wheel drive and the front axle
engages.
Some delay between the shifting
and the light coming on is normal.
See Four-Wheel Drive 0 284 for
more information.

If equipped, the Hill Descent Control
light comes on when the system is
ready for use. When the light
flashes, the system is active.
See Hill Descent Control
(HDC) 0 297.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

142

Instruments and Controls

Lane Departure Warning
(LDW) Light (2500/3500
Series)

If equipped, this light comes on
briefly while starting the vehicle. If it
does not come on, have the vehicle
serviced.
This light is green if LDW is on and
ready to operate.
This light changes to amber and
flashes to indicate that the lane
marking has been crossed without
using a turn signal in that direction.
See Lane Departure Warning (LDW)
(2500/3500 Series) 0 307.

Lane Keep Assist (LKA)
Light (1500 Series)

If available, this light comes on
briefly while starting the vehicle.
If it does not come on, have the
vehicle serviced.
This light is green if LKA is available
to assist.
LKA may assist by gently turning
the steering wheel if the vehicle
approaches a detected lane marking
without using the turn signal in that
direction. The LKA light will turn
amber.
This light is amber and flashes as a
Lane Departure Warning (LDW)
alert, to indicate that the lane
marking has been crossed.
See Lane Keep Assist (LKA) (1500
Series) 0 309.

Vehicle Ahead Indicator

If equipped, this indicator will
display green when a vehicle is
detected ahead and amber when
you are following a vehicle ahead
much too closely.
See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
System 0 304.

Traction Off Light

This light comes on briefly while
starting the engine. If it does not,
have the vehicle serviced by your

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Instruments and Controls
dealer. If the system is working
normally, the indicator light then
turns off.
The traction off light comes on when
the Traction Control System (TCS)
has been turned off by pressing and
releasing the TCS/StabiliTrak
button.
This light and the StabiliTrak OFF
light come on when StabiliTrak is
turned off.
If the TCS is off, wheel spin is not
limited. Adjust driving accordingly.
See Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control 0 295.

This light comes on when the
StabiliTrak system is turned off.
If StabiliTrak is off, the Traction
Control System (TCS) is also off.
If StabiliTrak and TCS are off, the
system does not assist in controlling
the vehicle. Turn on the TCS and
the StabiliTrak systems, and the
warning light turns off.
See Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control 0 295.

Traction Control System
(TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light

143

If the light is on and not flashing, the
TCS and potentially the StabiliTrak
system have been disabled.
A Driver Information Center (DIC)
message may display. Check the
DIC messages to determine which
feature(s) is no longer functioning
and whether the vehicle requires
service. See Ride Control System
Messages 0 154.
If the light is on and flashing, the
TCS and/or the StabiliTrak system
is actively working.
See Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control 0 295.

Tire Pressure Light

StabiliTrak® OFF Light

This light comes on briefly when the
engine is started.
This light comes on briefly while
starting the engine. If it does not,
have the vehicle serviced by your
dealer.

If the light does not come on, have
the vehicle serviced by your dealer.
If the system is working normally,
the indicator light turns off.

For vehicles with the Tire Pressure
Monitor System (TPMS), this light
comes on briefly when the engine is
started. It provides information
about tire pressures and the TPMS.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

144

Instruments and Controls

When the Light Is On Steady

Low Fuel Warning Light

This indicates that one or more of
the tires are significantly
underinflated.
A Driver Information Center (DIC)
tire pressure message may also
display. See Tire Messages 0 157.
Stop as soon as possible, and
inflate the tires to the pressure value
shown on the Tire and Loading
Information label. See Tire
Pressure 0 405.
When the Light Flashes First and
Then Is On Steady
If the light flashes for about a minute
and then stays on, there may be a
problem with the TPMS. If the
problem is not corrected, the light
will come on at every ignition cycle.
See Tire Pressure Monitor
Operation 0 408.

serviced by your dealer. If the
system is working normally, the
indicator light turns off.
If the light stays on and the engine
does not start, there could be a
problem with the theft-deterrent
system. See Immobilizer
Operation 0 45.

This light is near the fuel gauge and
comes on briefly when the ignition is
turned on as a check to show it is
working.

High-Beam On Light

It also comes on when the fuel tank
is low on fuel. The light turns off
when fuel is added. If it does not,
have the vehicle serviced.

Security Light

This light comes on when the
high-beam headlamps are in use.
See Headlamp High/Low-Beam
Changer 0 173.

The security light should come on
briefly as the engine is started. If it
does not come on, have the vehicle

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Instruments and Controls
IntelliBeam® Light

Lamps On Reminder

145

Information Displays
Driver Information Center
(DIC) (Base Level)

This light comes on when the
IntelliBeam system, if equipped, is
enabled.
See Exterior Lamp Controls 0 171.

Front Fog Lamp Light

For vehicles with fog lamps, this
light comes on when the fog lamps
are on.
The light goes out when the fog
lamps are turned off. See Fog
Lamps 0 176 for more information.

This light comes on when the
exterior lamps are in use. See
Exterior Lamp Controls 0 171.

Cruise Control Light

The DIC displays are shown in the
center of the instrument cluster. The
displays show the status of many
vehicle systems. The trip odometer
reset stem in the instrument cluster
is used to access the DIC menu
items.

DIC Menu Items
Turn the trip odometer reset stem to
scroll through the following menu
items:
. Digital Speedometer
.

Trip

For vehicles with cruise control, the
cruise control light is white when the
cruise control is on and ready, and
turns green when the cruise control
is set and active.

Fuel Range

Average Fuel Economy

Tire Pressure

Remaining Oil Life

The light turns off when the cruise
control is turned off. See Cruise
Control 0 298.

Transmission Fluid Temperature

Trailer Brake

Hourmeter

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

146
.

Instruments and Controls

Unit

Digital Speedometer
The speedometer shows how fast
the vehicle is moving in either
kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles
per hour (mph). The speedometer
cannot be reset.
Trip
Turn the trip odometer reset stem
until TRIP displays. The current
distance traveled, in either
kilometers (km) or miles (mi), since
the last reset for the trip odometer is
shown. The trip odometer can be
reset to zero by pressing and
holding the trip odometer reset stem
while the trip odometer is displayed.
Fuel Range
This display shows the approximate
distance the vehicle can be driven
without refueling. The fuel range
estimate is based on an average of
the vehicle's fuel economy over
recent driving history and the
amount of fuel remaining in the fuel
tank. Fuel range cannot be reset.

Average Fuel Economy

Remaining Oil Life

The Average Fuel Economy display
shows the approximate average
liters per 100 kilometers (L/100 km)
or miles per gallon (mpg). This
number reflects only the
approximate average fuel economy
that the vehicle has right now, and
will change as driving conditions
change. This number is based on
the number of L/100 km (mpg)
recorded since the last time this
menu item was reset. Reset this
display by pressing the trip
odometer reset stem.

Turn the trip odometer reset stem
until REMAINING OIL LIFE
displays. An estimate of the oil's
remaining useful life is shown.
REMAINING OIL LIFE 99% means
99% of the current oil life remains.

Tire Pressure
Turn the trip odometer reset stem
until a vehicle with the approximate
pressures of all four tires displays.
Tire pressure is displayed in either
kilopascal (kPa) or in pounds per
square inch (psi).
See Tire Pressure Monitor System
0 407 and Tire Pressure Monitor
Operation 0 408.

When the remaining oil life is low,
the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON
message will appear on the display.
See Engine Oil Messages 0 152.
The oil should be changed as soon
as possible. See Engine Oil 0 359.
In addition to the engine oil life
system monitoring the oil life,
additional maintenance is
recommended in the Maintenance
Schedule. See Maintenance
Schedule 0 452.
The Oil Life display must be reset
after each oil change. It will not
reset itself. Do not reset the Oil Life
display at any time other than when
the oil has just been changed.
It cannot be reset accurately until
the next oil change. To reset the
engine oil life system, see Engine
Oil Life System 0 362.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Instruments and Controls
Transmission Fluid Temperature

Unit

The temperature of the automatic
transmission fluid displays in either
degrees Celsius (°C) or degrees
Fahrenheit (°F).

This will change the displays on the
instrument cluster and DIC to either
metric or English (US)
measurements. To change the units,
press the trip odometer reset stem
when UNITS is displayed to enter
the Unit menu. Turn the trip
odometer reset stem to switch
between English and metric. Press
the trip odometer reset stem when
the desired setting is displayed.

Trailer Brake
On vehicles with the Integrated
Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) system,
turn the trip odometer reset stem
until TRAILER GAIN and TRAILER
OUTPUT displays.
TRAILER GAIN shows the Trailer
Gain setting. This setting can be
adjusted from 0.0 to 10.0 with either
a trailer connected or disconnected.
TRAILER OUTPUT shows the
power output to the trailer anytime a
trailer with electric brakes is
connected. Output is displayed as a
bar graph. Dashes may appear in
the TRAILER OUTPUT display if a
trailer is not connected.
Hourmeter
This display shows the total number
of hours the engine has run.

Compass
The vehicle may have a compass in
the Driver Information Center (DIC).
See Compass 0 122.

Driver Information Center
(DIC) (Uplevel)
The DIC displays are shown in the
center of the instrument cluster in
the Info app. See Instrument Cluster
0 128. The displays show the status
of many vehicle systems. The
controls for the DIC are on the right
steering wheel control.

147

w or x : Press to move up or
down in a list. In the main view, you
can press up and down to move
between different info app pages.
o or p : Press to move between
the interactive display zones in the
cluster.
V : Press to open a menu or select
a menu item. Press and hold to
reset values on certain screens.
DIC Info Page Options
The info pages on the DIC can be
turned on or off through the
Settings menu.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

148

Instruments and Controls

1. Press o to access the cluster
applications.
2. Press w or x to scroll to the
Settings application.
3. Press V to enter the
Settings menu.
4. Scroll to Info Pages and
press p.
5. Press w or x to move
through the list of possible
information displays.
6. Press V while an item is
highlighted to select or
deselect that item. When an
item is selected, a checkmark
will appear next to it.

DIC Info Pages
The following is the list of all
possible DIC info page displays.
Some may not be available for your
particular vehicle. Some items may
not be turned on by default but can
be turned on through the Settings
app. See “DIC Info Page Options”
earlier in this section.

Speed : Shows the vehicle speed in
either kilometers per hour (km/h) or
miles per hour (mph).
Trip A or Trip B : Shows the
current distance traveled, in either
kilometers (km) or miles (mi), since
the trip odometer was last reset.
This also shows the approximate
average liters per 100 kilometers
(L/100 km) or miles per
gallon (mpg). This number is
calculated based on the number of
L/100 km (mpg) recorded since the
last time this menu item was reset.
This number reflects only the
approximate average fuel economy
that the vehicle has right now, and
will change as driving conditions
change.
Press and hold V while this display
is active to reset the trip odometer
and the average fuel economy. Trip
A and Trip B can also be reset by
pressing p and choosing reset.
Fuel Range : Shows the
approximate distance the vehicle
can be driven without refueling.
LOW will be displayed when the

vehicle is low on fuel. The fuel
range estimate is based on an
average of the vehicle's fuel
economy over recent driving history
and the amount of fuel remaining in
the fuel tank.
Oil Life : Shows an estimate of the
oil's remaining useful life.
If REMAINING OIL LIFE 99% is
displayed, that means 99% of the
current oil life remains.
When the remaining oil life is low,
the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON
message will appear on the display.
See Engine Oil Messages 0 152.
The oil should be changed as soon
as possible. See Engine Oil 0 359.
In addition to the engine oil life
system monitoring the oil life,
additional maintenance is
recommended in the Maintenance
Schedule. See Maintenance
Schedule 0 452.
The Oil Life display must be reset
after each oil change. It will not
reset itself. Do not reset the Oil Life
display at any time other than when
the oil has just been changed.
It cannot be reset accurately until

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Instruments and Controls
the next oil change. To reset the
engine oil life system, press and
hold V for several seconds while
the Oil Life display is active. See
Engine Oil Life System 0 362.
Tire Pressure : Shows the
approximate pressures of all four
tires. Tire pressure is displayed in
either kilopascal (kPa) or in pounds
per square inch (psi). If the pressure
is low, the value for that tire is
shown in amber. See Tire Pressure
Monitor System 0 407 and Tire
Pressure Monitor Operation 0 408.
Fuel Economy : The center
displays the approximate
instantaneous fuel economy as a
number and bar graph. Displayed
above the bar graph is a running
average of fuel economy for the
most recently traveled selected
distance. Displayed below the bar
graph is the best average fuel
economy that has been achieved for
the selected distance. The selected
distance is displayed at the top of
the page as “last xxx mi/km.” Next
to the odometer, the Active Fuel
Management displays the number of

149

cylinders the vehicle is running
on. See Active Fuel
Management® 0 275.

the timer to zero, press and hold V
while this display is active, or press
p and select reset.

Press p to select the distance or
reset best value. Use w and x to
choose the distance and press V.
Press w and x to select “Reset
Best Score.” Press V to reset the
best average fuel economy. After
reset, the momentary average fuel
economy will display.

Speed Limit (If Equipped) : Shows
sign information, which comes from
a roadway database in the onboard
navigation.

The display provides information on
how current driving behavior affects
the running average and how well
recent driving compares to the best
that has been achieved for the
selected distance.
Timer : This display can be used as
a timer. To start the timer, press V
while this display is active. The
display will show the amount of time
that has passed since the timer was
last reset. To stop the timer, press V
briefly while this display is active
and the timer is running. To reset

Engine Hours : Shows the total
number of hours the engine has run.
Transmission Fluid
Temperature : Shows the
temperature of the automatic
transmission fluid in either degrees
Celsius (°C) or degrees
Fahrenheit (°F).
Trailer Brake (If Equipped) : On
vehicles with the Integrated Trailer
Brake Control (ITBC) system, the
trailer brake display appears in
the DIC.
TRAILER GAIN shows the trailer
gain setting. This setting can be
adjusted from 0.0 to 10.0 with either
a trailer connected or disconnected.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

150

Instruments and Controls

OUTPUT shows the power output to
the trailer anytime a trailer with
electric brakes is connected. Output
is displayed as a bar graph. Dashes
may appear in the OUTPUT display
if a trailer is not connected.
Off Road : Displays vehicle pitch
and roll information, road wheel
angle, and four-wheel drive (4WD)
status.
Blank Page : Shows no
information.

Vehicle Messages
Messages displayed on the DIC
indicate the status of the vehicle or
some action that may be needed to
correct a condition. Multiple
messages may appear one after
another.
The messages that do not require
immediate action can be
acknowledged and cleared by
pressing V or the trip odometer
reset stem on the base cluster.
The messages that require
immediate action cannot be cleared
until that action is performed.
All messages should be taken
seriously and clearing the message
does not correct the problem.
The following are the possible
messages and some information
about them.
If the vehicle has a diesel engine,
see the Duramax diesel
supplement.

Battery Voltage and
Charging Messages
BATTERY LOW START
VEHICLE
When the vehicle’s battery is
severely discharged, this message
will display and four chimes will
sound. Start the vehicle
immediately. If the vehicle is not
started and the battery continues to
discharge, the climate controls,
heated seats, and audio systems
will shut off and the vehicle may
require a jump start. These systems
will function again after the vehicle
is started.

BATTERY SAVER ACTIVE
This message displays when the
battery voltage drops below
expected levels and features are
disabled. Turn off all unnecessary
accessory features.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Instruments and Controls
SERVICE BATTERY
CHARGING SYSTEM
On some vehicles, this message
displays if there is a problem with
the battery charging system. Under
certain conditions, the charging
system light may also turn on in the
instrument cluster. See Charging
System Light 0 138. Driving with this
problem could drain the battery.
Turn off all unnecessary
accessories. Have the electrical
system checked as soon as
possible. See your dealer.

TRANSPORT MODE ON
This message is displayed when the
vehicle is in transport mode. Some
features can be disabled while in
this mode, including Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE), remote start,
and the vehicle alarm system. Take
the vehicle to your dealer for service
to turn transport mode off.

Brake System Messages
BRAKE FLUID LOW
This message is displayed when the
brake fluid level is low. See Brake
Fluid 0 377.

SERVICE BRAKE ASSIST
This message may be displayed
when there is a problem with the
brake boost assist system. When
this message is displayed, the brake
boost assist motor might be heard
operating and you might notice
pulsation in the brake pedal. This is
normal under these conditions. Take
the vehicle to your dealer for
service.

SERVICE TRAILER BRAKE
SYSTEM
On vehicles with the Integrated
Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) system,
this message displays and a chime
may sound when there is a problem
with the ITBC system.
When this message displays, power
is no longer available to the trailer
brakes.

151

As soon as it is safe to do so,
carefully pull your vehicle over to
the side of the road and turn the
ignition off. Check the wiring
connection to the trailer and turn the
ignition back on. If this message still
displays, either your vehicle or the
trailer needs service. See your
dealer.
See “Integrated Trailer Brake
Control System” under Towing
Equipment 0 335 for more
information.

Compass Messages
Dashes may be displayed if the
vehicle temporarily loses
communication with the Global
Positioning System (GPS).

Door Ajar Messages
DOOR OPEN
This message displays and a chime
may sound if a door is not fully
closed. Stop and turn off the
vehicle, check the door for

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

152

Instruments and Controls

obstructions, and close the door
again. Check to see if the message
still appears on the DIC.

HOOD OPEN
This message displays and a chime
may sound if the hood is not fully
closed. Stop and turn off the
vehicle, check the hood for
obstructions, and close the hood
again. Check to see if the message
still appears on the DIC.

Engine Cooling System
Messages
A/C OFF DUE TO HIGH
ENGINE TEMP
This message displays when the
engine coolant becomes hotter than
the normal operating temperature.
See Engine Coolant Temperature
Gauge 0 133. To avoid added strain
on a hot engine, the air conditioning
compressor automatically turns off.
When the coolant temperature
returns to normal, the air
conditioning compressor turns back
on. You can continue to drive your
vehicle.

If this message continues to appear,
have the system repaired by your
dealer as soon as possible to avoid
damage to the engine.

ENGINE OVERHEATING IDLE
ENGINE
This message displays when the
engine coolant temperature is too
hot. Stop and allow the vehicle to
idle until it cools down. See Engine
Coolant Temperature Gauge 0 133.
When towing, use Tow/Haul mode
to prevent damage to the engine or
transmission. See Tow/Haul
Mode 0 282.

ENGINE OVERHEATED STOP
ENGINE
This message displays and a chime
may sound if the engine cooling
system reaches unsafe
temperatures for operation. Stop
and turn off the vehicle as soon as it
is safe to do so to avoid severe
damage. This message clears when
the engine has cooled to a safe
operating temperature.

Engine Oil Messages
CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON
This message displays when the
engine oil needs to be changed.
When you change the engine oil, be
sure to reset the CHANGE ENGINE
OIL SOON message. See Engine
Oil Life System 0 362 for
information on how to reset the
message. See Engine Oil 0 359 and
Maintenance Schedule 0 452.

ENGINE OIL LOW ADD OIL
On some vehicles, this message
displays when the engine oil level
may be too low. Check the oil level
before filling to the recommended
level. If the oil is not low and this
message remains on, take the
vehicle to your dealer for service.
See Engine Oil 0 359.

ENGINE OIL HOT IDLE
ENGINE
This message displays when the
engine oil becomes hotter than the
normal operating temperature. Stop

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Instruments and Controls
and allow the vehicle to idle until it
cools down. See Engine Coolant
Temperature Gauge 0 133.

OIL PRESSURE LOW STOP
ENGINE
This message displays if low oil
pressure levels occur. Stop the
vehicle as soon as safely possible
and do not operate it until the cause
of the low oil pressure has been
corrected. Check the oil as soon as
possible and have the vehicle
serviced by your dealer. See Engine
Oil 0 359.

Engine Power Messages
ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED
This message displays and a chime
may sound when the cooling system
temperature gets too hot and the
engine further enters the engine
coolant protection mode. See
Engine Overheating 0 372 for more
information.
This message also displays when
the vehicle's engine power is
reduced. Reduced engine power
can affect the vehicle's ability to

accelerate. If this message is on,
but there is no reduction in
performance, proceed to your
destination. The performance may
be reduced the next time the vehicle
is driven. The vehicle may be driven
at a reduced speed while this
message is on, but acceleration and
speed may be reduced. Anytime
this message stays on, the vehicle
should be taken to your dealer for
service as soon as possible.

Fuel System Messages
FUEL LEVEL LOW
This message displays and a chime
may sound if the fuel level is low.
Refuel as soon as possible. See
Fuel Gauge 0 131 and Fuel 0 311.

Key and Lock Messages
REPLACE BATTERY IN
REMOTE KEY
This message displays if a Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter
battery is low. The battery needs to
be replaced in the transmitter. See

153

“Battery Replacement” under
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation 0 36.

Lamp Messages
TURN SIGNAL ON
This message displays and a chime
sounds if a turn signal is left on for
1.2 km (0.75 mi). Move the turn
signal lever to the off position.

Object Detection System
Messages
FORWARD COLLISION
ALERT OFF
This message displays when the
Forward Collision Alert has been
turned off.

FRONT CAMERA BLOCKED
CLEAN WINDSHIELD
This message displays when the
camera is blocked. Cleaning the
outside of the windshield behind the
rearview mirror may correct the
issue. The Lane Departure Warning

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

154

Instruments and Controls

(LDW), Lane Keep Assist (LKA),
and Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
will not operate.

LANE DEPARTURE WARNING
UNAVAILABLE
This message displays when
attempting to activate the Lane
Departure Warning (LDW) system
when it is temporarily unavailable.
The LDW system does not need
service.
This message could be due to the
camera being blocked. Cleaning the
outside of the windshield behind the
rearview mirror may correct the
issue.

LANE KEEPING ASSIST
UNAVAILABLE
This message displays when the
Lane Keep Assist (LKA) and Lane
Departure Warning (LDW) system is
temporarily unavailable. The LKA
system does not need service.

This message could be due to the
camera being blocked. Cleaning the
outside of the windshield behind the
rearview mirror may correct the
issue.

PARK ASSIST OFF
This message displays when the
Parking Assist system has been
turned off or when there is a
temporary condition causing the
system to be disabled.

SERVICE FRONT CAMERA
If this message remains on after
continued driving, the vehicle needs
service. Do not use the Lane Keep
Assist (LKA), Lane Departure
Warning (LDW), and Forward
Collision Alert (FCA) features. Take
the vehicle to your dealer.

SERVICE PARKING ASSIST
This message displays if there is a
problem with the Parking Assist
system. Do not use this system to
help you park. See your dealer for
service.

Ride Control System
Messages
SERVICE STABILITRAK
If this message displays, it means
there may be a problem with the
StabiliTrak system. If you see this
message, try to reset the system.
Stop; turn off the engine for at least
15 seconds; then start the engine
again. If this message still comes
on, it means there is a problem. You
should see your dealer for service.
The vehicle is safe to drive;
however, you do not have the
benefit of StabiliTrak, so reduce
your speed and drive accordingly.

SERVICE TRACTION
CONTROL
This message displays when there
is a problem with the Traction
Control System (TCS). When this
message displays, the system will
not limit wheel spin. Adjust your
driving accordingly. See your dealer
for service. See Traction Control/
Electronic Stability Control 0 295.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Instruments and Controls
STABILITRAK INITIALIZING
This message may come on if the
StabiliTrak system has not fully
initialized because of road
conditions or the incorrect tire size.
When the StabiliTrak system is fully
initialized, the message will turn off.
See Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control 0 295. If this
message continues to be displayed
for multiple ignition cycles and on
different road surfaces, see your
dealer for service.

TRACTION CONTROL OFF
This message displays when the
traction control has been turned off.
See Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control 0 295.

TRACTION CONTROL ON
This message displays when the
traction control is active. See
Traction Control/Electronic Stability
Control 0 295.

STABILITRAK OFF
This message displays when the
StabiliTrak system has been turned
off. Adjust your driving accordingly.

To limit wheel spin and realize the
full benefits of the stability
enhancement system, you should
normally leave StabiliTrak on. See
Traction Control/Electronic Stability
Control 0 295.
STABILITRAK OFF may also
display when the stability control
has been automatically disabled.
The following conditions can cause
this message to appear:
. The system is overheating,
which could occur if StabiliTrak
activates continuously for an
extended period of time.
. The brake system warning light
is on. See Brake System
Warning Light 0 140.
. The stability system takes longer
than usual to complete its
diagnostic checks due to driving
conditions.
. An engine or vehicle-related
problem has been detected and
the vehicle needs service. See
your dealer.
. The transfer case is in
Four-Wheel Drive Low.

155

The message turns off as soon as
the conditions that caused the
message to be displayed are no
longer present.

Airbag System Messages
SERVICE AIRBAG
This message displays if there is a
problem with the airbag system.
Take the vehicle to your dealer for
service.

Safety Belt Messages
SHIFTER LOCKED. BUCKLE
SEATBELT
This message displays if the vehicle
is equipped with the Safety Belt
Assurance System and the driver
and front outboard passenger,
if present, safety belts are not
buckled. The vehicle will not shift
out of P (Park). Buckle the safety
belt(s) to unlock the shift lever.
This system may not allow the
vehicle to shift out of P (Park) if an
object — such as a briefcase,
handbag, grocery bag, laptop,

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

156

Instruments and Controls

or other electronic device — is on
the front outboard passenger seat.
If this happens, remove the object
from the seat or buckle the
safety belt.
If the driver or front outboard
passenger unbuckles their safety
belt while driving, the safety belt
reminder chime and light(s) will
come on. See Safety Belt
Reminders 0 134.

SHIFTER UNLOCKED. BRAKE
TO SHIFT
This message displays when the
Safety Belt Assurance System times
out and allows the vehicle to be
shifted out of P (Park) after
30 seconds following brake apply.
See “Safety Belts” and “Child
Restraints” in the Index for
information about the importance of
proper restraint use.
This system may not function
properly if the airbag readiness light
is on. See Airbag Readiness
Light 0 135.

Security Messages
SERVICE THEFT DETERRENT
SYSTEM
This message displays when there
is a problem with the theft-deterrent
system. The vehicle may or may not
restart, so you may want to take the
vehicle to your dealer before turning
off the engine. See Immobilizer
Operation 0 45.

Steering System
Messages
STEERING ASSIST IS
REDUCED DRIVE WITH CARE
This message may display if a
problem occurs with the electric
power steering system. If this
message appears, steering effort
may be slightly higher than normal.
The vehicle is still safe to drive. Use
caution while in reduced assist
mode. If this message is persistent
or appears repeatedly, take the
vehicle to your dealer for service.
See Steering 0 249.

SERVICE POWER STEERING
(1500 Series)
This message displays when there
is a problem with electric power
steering. If this message displays
and a reduction in steering
performance or loss of power
steering assistance is noticed. See
your dealer. See Steering 0 249.

SERVICE POWER STEERING
(2500/3500 Series)
This message displays when there
is a problem with the power steering
assist system. If this message
displays the vehicle can be driven
but should be repaired as soon as
possible. See your dealer. See
Steering 0 249.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Instruments and Controls

Tire Messages
SERVICE TIRE MONITOR
SYSTEM
If equipped with the Tire Pressure
Monitor System (TPMS), this
message displays if a part on the
system is not working properly. The
tire pressure light also flashes and
then remains on during the same
ignition cycle. See Tire Pressure
Light 0 143. Several conditions may
cause this message to appear. See
Tire Pressure Monitor Operation
0 408. If the warning comes on and
stays on, there may be a problem
with the TPMS. See your dealer.

TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE
If equipped with the Tire Pressure
Monitor System (TPMS), this
message displays when the system
is relearning the tire positions on
your vehicle. The tire positions must
be relearned after rotating the tires
or after replacing a tire or sensor.
See Tire Inspection 0 411, Tire
Rotation 0 412, Tire Pressure
Monitor System 0 407, and Tire
Pressure 0 405.

TIRE PRESSURE LOW ADD
AIR TO TIRE
If equipped with the Tire Pressure
Monitor System (TPMS), this
message displays when the
pressure in one or more of the
vehicle's tires is low. This message
also displays with a vehicle picture
to indicate the location of the low
tire. The low tire pressure warning
light will also come on. See Tire
Pressure Light 0 143. You can
receive more than one tire pressure
message at a time. If a tire pressure
message appears on the DIC, stop
as soon as you can. Have the tire
pressures checked and set to those
shown on the Tire and Loading
Information label. See Tires 0 397,
Vehicle Load Limits 0 259, and Tire
Pressure 0 405. The DIC also
shows the tire pressure values. See
Driver Information Center (DIC)
(Base Level) 0 145 or Driver
Information Center (DIC)
(Uplevel) 0 147.

157

Transmission Messages
4WD OFF
If equipped with four-wheel drive,
this message displays when the
four-wheel-drive system is
temporarily disabled due to an
overheated condition. The vehicle
will run in two-wheel drive when this
message is present. Once the
four-wheel-drive system cools down,
the message turns off and the
four-wheel-drive system returns to
normal operation.

4WD SHIFT IN PROGRESS
This message will display while the
four-wheel-drive system is shifting.

FOR 4WD LOW SHIFT TO
NEUTRAL
If a four-wheel drive shift into 4 n is
requested, and the vehicle speed is
correct, but the transmission is not
in N (Neutral), this message will
display until the transmission is
shifted to N (Neutral).

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

158

Instruments and Controls

FOR 4WD LOW SLOW TO XXX

GRADE BRAKING ON

SHIFT DENIED

If a four-wheel drive shift into 4 n is
requested, but the vehicle speed is
too high, this message will display
until the correct vehicle speed is
reached.

This message displays when grade
braking has been enabled with the
Tow/Haul Mode button on the end of
the shift lever. See Tow/Haul Mode
0 282, Automatic Transmission
0 277, and Cruise Control 0 298.

This message displays when the
shift lever is in M (Manual Mode)
and a transmission range has been
selected that is unavailable at the
current vehicle speed.

GRADE BRAKING ACTIVE
This message displays when grade
braking has been activated while
driving on downhill grades. This
message will only appear the first
time the feature is activated in an
ignition cycle. See Tow/Haul Mode
0 282, Automatic Transmission
0 277, and Cruise Control 0 298.

GRADE BRAKING OFF
This message displays when grade
braking has been disabled with the
Tow/Haul Mode button on the end of
the shift lever. See Tow/Haul Mode
0 282, Automatic Transmission
0 277, and Cruise Control 0 298.

SERVICE 4WD
If the vehicle has four-wheel drive,
this message may display if a
problem occurs with the
four-wheel-drive system. If this
message appears, stop as soon as
possible and turn off the vehicle.
Make sure the key is in the LOCK/
OFF position for at least
one minute, then restart the vehicle
and check for the message on the
DIC display. If the message is still
displayed or appears again when
you begin driving, the
four-wheel-drive system needs
service. See your dealer.

TO EXIT 4WD LOW SHIFT TO
NEUTRAL
If a four-wheel drive shift out of 4 n is
requested, and the vehicle speed is
correct, but the transmission is not
in N (Neutral), this message will
display until the transmission is
shifted to N (Neutral).

TO EXIT 4WD LOW SLOW
TO XXX
If a four-wheel drive shift out of 4 n is
requested, but the vehicle speed is
too high, this message will display
until the correct vehicle speed is
reached.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Instruments and Controls
TRANSMISSION HOT IDLE
ENGINE
This message displays and a chime
may sound if the transmission fluid
in the vehicle gets hot. Driving with
the transmission fluid temperature
high can cause damage to the
vehicle. Stop the vehicle and let it
idle to allow the transmission to
cool. This message clears and the
chime stops when the fluid
temperature reaches a safe level.
When towing, use Tow/Haul Mode
to prevent damage to the engine or
transmission. See Tow/Haul
Mode 0 282.

Vehicle Reminder
Messages
CHECK TRAILER WIRING
On vehicles with the Integrated
Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) system,
this message may display and a
chime may sound when one of the
following conditions exists:
. A trailer with electric brakes
becomes disconnected from the
vehicle.
⇣ If the disconnect occurs while
the vehicle is stopped, this
message clears itself after a
short time.

VEHICLE IN 4WD LOW
This message will display if the
vehicle is driven in 4 n for about
10 minutes above 72 km/h (45 mph).

⇣ If the disconnect occurs while
the vehicle is moving, this
message stays on until the
ignition is turned off.
.

There is a short in the wiring to
the electric trailer brakes.

When this message displays, power
is no longer available to the trailer
brakes.

159

As soon as it is safe to do so,
carefully pull the vehicle over to the
side of the road and turn the ignition
off. Check the wiring connection to
the trailer and turn the ignition back
on. This message clears if the trailer
is reconnected. This message also
clears if you acknowledge it. If this
message still displays, either the
vehicle or the trailer needs service.
See your dealer.
See “Integrated Trailer Brake
Control System” under Towing
Equipment 0 335.

ICE POSSIBLE DRIVE
WITH CARE
This message displays when ice
conditions are possible.

TRAILER CONNECTED
On vehicles with the Integrated
Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) system,
this message displays briefly when
a trailer with electric or electric over
hydraulic brakes is first connected
to the vehicle.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

160

Instruments and Controls

This message clears itself after
several seconds. This message also
clears if you acknowledge it. After
this message clears, the TRAILER
GAIN and OUTPUT displays appear
in the DIC.
See Driver Information Center (DIC)
(Base Level) 0 145 or Driver
Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel)
0 147 and “Integrated Trailer Brake
Control System” under Towing
Equipment 0 335.

Vehicle Speed Messages
REDUCE SPEED FOR HILL
DESCENT CONTROL
This message displays when
attempting to enable Hill Descent
Control (HDC) when the vehicle
speed is too high. See Hill Descent
Control (HDC) 0 297.

Washer Fluid Messages
WASHER FLUID LOW ADD
FLUID
This message displays when the
windshield washer fluid is low. Fill
the windshield washer fluid reservoir
as soon as possible. See Engine
Compartment Overview 0 354 for
the location of the windshield
washer fluid reservoir. Also, see
Washer Fluid 0 375 for more
information.

Vehicle
Personalization
Use the audio system controls to
access the personalization menus
for customizing vehicle features.
The following are all possible
personalization features. Depending
on the vehicle, some may not be
available.
Base Radio Audio System
Controls
MENU : Press to enter menus and
select menu items. Turn to scroll
through the menus.

o BACK : Press to return to the
previous menu or exit.
Base Radio with Touchscreen
Audio System Controls

{ : Press to access the Home
Page Menu.
Q or R : Touch to scroll through the
menus or setup items.

0 : Touch to exit or return to the
previous screen or menu.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Instruments and Controls

161

Vehicle

Rear Seat Reminder

Bluetooth

Apple CarPlay

Android Auto

2. Touch to select the desired
feature setting.

USB Auto Launch

This allows for a chime and a
message ‘Look in Rear Seat’ when
the rear door has been opened
before or during operation of the
vehicle.

Voice

Select Off or On.

3. Press o BACK on the
faceplate or the 0 screen
button to return to the previous
menu or exit.

Display

Teen Driver

Rear Camera

Return to Factory Settings

See “Teen Driver” under “Settings”
in the infotainment manual.

Software Information

Valet Mode

Uplevel Radio Audio System
Controls
1. Touch the desired feature to
display a list of available
options.

Turn the vehicle to ON/RUN to
access the Settings menu, then
select SETTINGS from the Home
page on the infotainment system
display.
Personalization Menus
The following list of menu items may
be available:
. Time and Date
.

Language (Language)

Rear Seat Reminder

Teen Driver

Valet Mode

Radio

Detailed information for each menu
follows.

Time and Date
Manually set the time and date. See
Clock 0 123.

This will lock the infotainment
system and steering wheel controls.
It may also limit access to vehicle
storage locations (if equipped).
To enable valet mode:

Language (Language)

1. Enter a four-digit code on the
keypad.

Select Language, then select from
the available language(s).

2. Select Enter to go to the
confirmation screen.

The selected language will display
on the system, and voice
recognition will reflect the selected
language.

3. Re-enter the four-digit code.
Press LOCK or UNLOCK to lock or
unlock the system. Press Back to go
back to the previous menu.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

162

Instruments and Controls

Radio

Select the desired number or select
Auto and the infotainment system
will automatically adjust the number
of favorites shown.

Maximum Startup Volume

Number of Favorites Shown

Audible Touch Feedback

This allows Audible Touch
Feedback to be turned on or off.

Text Scroll

Select Off or On.

This feature sets the maximum
startup volume. If the vehicle is
started and the volume is greater
than this level, the volume is
adjusted to this level. To set the
maximum startup volume, turn the
MENU knob or press + or ✓ to
increase or decrease.

Tone Settings

Text Scroll

Audio Cue Volume

Auto Volume

Maximum Startup Volume

Select to see text scroll on the
screen.

Audio Cue Volume

Select Off or On.

This feature sets the volume of
audio files played at system startup
and shutdown.

Manage Favorites

Tone Settings

This allows favorites to be edited.
See “Manage Favorites” in “Radio
Setup” under Home Page (Base
Radio) 0 186 or Home Page (Base
Radio with Touchscreen) 0 188 or
“Manage Favorites” in “Settings”
under “Radio” in the infotainment
manual.

Select to adjust the radio tone. See
“Tone Settings” in AM-FM Radio
(Base Radio with Touchscreen)
0 191 or AM-FM Radio (Base
Radio) 0 189.

Select On, then press + or ✓ to
increase or decrease the volume.

Select and the following may
display:
. Manage Favorites

Number of Favorites Shown
Select to set the number of favorites
to display.

Audible Touch Feedback

Vehicle
Select and the following may
display:
. Climate and Air Quality

Auto Volume

Collision/Detection Systems

This feature adjusts the volume
based on vehicle speed and
ambient noise.

Comfort and Convenience

Lighting

Select Off, Low, Medium-Low,
Medium, Medium-High, or High.

Power Door Locks

Remote Lock, Unlock, Start

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Instruments and Controls
Climate and Air Quality
Select and the following may
display:
. Auto Fan Max Speed
.

Auto Rear Defog

including Forward Collision, Lane
Departure Warning, and Park Assist
alerts.
Select Beeps or Safety Alert Seat.
Park Assist

163

Select On or Off.
Easy Exit Options
This feature moves the seat
rearward automatically allowing the
driver more room to exit the vehicle.
See Memory Seats 0 61.

This feature will set the maximum
auto fan speed.

If equipped, this feature can assist
in backing up and parking the
vehicle. See Assistance Systems for
Parking or Backing 0 302.

Select Low, Medium, or High.

Select Off, On, or On with Towbar.

Auto Rear Defog

This allows the selection of the
chime volume level.

Comfort and Convenience

This feature will automatically turn
on the rear defogger when it is cold
outside.

Select and the following may
display:
. Auto Memory Recall

Turn the MENU knob, touch + or ✓
to adjust the volume, or select
Normal or High.

Auto Fan Max Speed

Select Off or On.
Collision/Detection Systems
Select and the following may
display:
. Alert Type
.

Park Assist

Alert Type
This feature will set crash alerts to
beeps or seat vibrations. This
setting affects all crash alerts

Easy Exit Options

Chime Volume

Reverse Tilt Mirror

Auto Mirror Folding

Auto Memory Recall
This feature automatically recalls
the current driver’s previously stored
1 or 2 button positions when
entering the vehicle. See Memory
Seats 0 61.

Select On or Off.
Chime Volume

Reverse Tilt Mirror
When on, the driver and/or
passenger mirrors will tilt downward
when the vehicle is shifted to
R (Reverse) to improve visibility of
the ground near the rear wheels.
Select Off, On - Driver and
Passenger, On - Driver, or On Passenger.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

164

Instruments and Controls

Auto Mirror Folding

Exit Lighting

Select Off or On.

When on, the outside rearview
mirrors will automatically fold or
unfold when the Remote Keyless
Entry (RKE) transmitter lock or
unlock button is pressed and held.

This allows the selection of how
long the exterior lamps stay on
when leaving the vehicle when it is
dark outside.

Remote Lock, Unlock, Start

Select Off, 30 Seconds, 60
Seconds, or 120 Seconds.

Select and the following may
display:
. Remote Unlock Light Feedback
.

Remote Lock Feedback

Power Door Locks

Remote Door Unlock

Select and the following may
display:
. Vehicle Locator Lights

Select and the following may
display:
. Auto Door Unlock

Remote Start Auto Cool Seats

Remote Start Auto Heat Seats

Remote Window Operation

Select Off or On.
Lighting

Exit Lighting

Delayed Door Lock

Passive Door Unlock

Vehicle Locator Lights

Auto Door Unlock

Passive Door Lock

This feature will flash the exterior
lamps and allows some of the
exterior lamps and most of the
interior lamps to turn on briefly
when K on the Remote Keyless
Entry (RKE) transmitter is pressed
to locate the vehicle.

This allows selection of which of the
doors will automatically unlock when
the vehicle is shifted into P (Park)
with an automatic transmission or
when the vehicle is turned off with a
manual transmission.

Remote Left in Vehicle Alert

Select Off, All Doors, or Driver Door.

Select Off or Flash Lights.

Select Off or On.

Delayed Door Lock

Remote Lock Feedback

When on, this feature will delay the
locking of the doors. To override the
delay, press the power door lock
switch on the door.

This allows selection of what type of
feedback is given when locking the
vehicle with the RKE transmitter.

Remote Unlock Light Feedback
When on, the exterior lamps will
flash when unlocking the vehicle
with the RKE transmitter.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Instruments and Controls
Passive Door Unlock

Bluetooth

This allows the selection of what
doors will unlock when using the
button on the driver door to unlock
the vehicle. See Remote Keyless
Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 36.

Select and the following may
display:
. Pair New Device
.

Discoverable

Select All Doors or Driver Door.

Select All Doors or Driver
Door Only.

Device Management

Ringtones

Remote Start Auto Cool Seats

Passive Door Lock

Voice Mail Numbers

If equipped and turned on, this
feature will turn the ventilated seats
on when using remote start on
warm days.

This feature can be turned on or off,
or can be used to select feedback
when using the button on the driver
door to lock the vehicle. See
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation 0 36.

Text Message Alerts

Select Off, Lights and Horn, Lights
Only, or Horn Only.
Remote Door Unlock
This allows selection of which doors
will unlock when pressing K on the
RKE transmitter.

Select Off or On.
Remote Start Auto Heat Seats
If equipped and turned on, this
feature will turn the heated seats on
when using remote start on
cold days.
Select Off or On.
Remote Window Operation
This feature enables the window to
open by using the RKE transmitter.
See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation 0 36.
Select Off or On.

Select Off, On with Horn
Chirp, or On.
Remote Left in Vehicle Alert
This feature sounds an alert when
the RKE transmitter is left in the
vehicle.
Select Off or On.

165

Pair New Device
Select to pair a new device. See
“Pairing” under Bluetooth (Voice
Recognition - Base Radio) 0 221 or
Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls Base Radio) 0 217 or Bluetooth
(Overview) 0 216 or Bluetooth
(Infotainment Controls - Base Radio
with Touchscreen) 0 226 or “Pairing”
in “Infotainment Controls” under
“Bluetooth” in the infotainment
manual.
Discoverable
This allows the system to find a
device.
Select Off or On.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

166

Instruments and Controls

Device Management

Apple CarPlay

USB Auto Launch

Select to connect to a different
phone source, disconnect a phone,
or delete a phone.

This feature allows Apple devices to
be connected to the infotainment
system through a USB port.

Ringtones

Select Off or On.

This allows Android and Apple
CarPlay devices to automatically
connect when plugged into the
USB port.

Select to change the ring tone for
the specific phone. The phone does
not need to be connected to change
the ring tones.

Manage Apple CarPlay Devices

Voice Mail Numbers

Android Auto

This feature displays the voice mail
number for all connected phones.
To change the voice mail number,
select EDIT. Type a new number,
then select SAVE.

Select to manage Apple devices.
Apple CarPlay must be on for this
feature to be accessed.
Select and the following may
display:
. Android Auto
.

Manage Android Auto Devices

Select Off or On.

Voice
Select and the following may
display:
. Prompt Length
.

Audio Feedback Speed

Prompt Length
This feature adjusts the voice
prompt length.

Text Message Alerts

Android Auto

Select Short or Long.

This allows the feature to be turned
on or off.

Audio Feedback Speed

Select Off or On.

This feature allows Android devices
to be connected to the infotainment
system through a USB port.

Apple CarPlay™

Select Off or On.

Select and the following may
display:
. Apple CarPlay

Manage Android Auto Devices

Manage Apple CarPlay Devices

Select to manage Android devices.
Android Auto must be on for this
feature to be accessed.

This feature adjusts the audio
feedback speed.
Select Slow, Medium, or Fast.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Instruments and Controls

167

Voice

Turn Display Off

Restore Vehicle Settings

Select and the following may
display:
. Prompt Length

Select to turn the display off. Press
anywhere on the display area or any
faceplate button to turn the
display on.

This allows selection of restoring
vehicle settings.

Audio Feedback Speed

Prompt Length
This feature adjusts the voice
prompt length.
Select Short or Long.
Audio Feedback Speed
This feature adjusts the audio
feedback speed.

Rear Camera
Select and the following may
display:
. Guidance Lines
.

Rear Park Assist Symbols

Guidance Lines

Select Slow, Medium, or Fast.

Select to turn Off or On. See
Assistance Systems for Parking or
Backing 0 302.

Display

Rear Park Assist Symbols

Select and the following may
display:
. Calibrate Touchscreen

Select to turn Off or On. See
Assistance Systems for Parking or
Backing 0 302.

Return to Factory Settings

Turn Display Off

Calibrate Touchscreen
Select to calibrate the touchscreen,
then follow the prompts.

Select and the following may
display:
. Restore Vehicle Settings
.

Clear All Private Data

Restore Radio Settings

Select Restore or Cancel.
Clear All Private Data
This allows selection to clear all
private information from the vehicle.
Select Delete or Cancel.
Restore Radio Settings
This allows selection to restore
radio settings.
Select Restore or Cancel.

Software Information
Select to view the infotainment
system current software information.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

168

Instruments and Controls

Universal Remote
System

instructions refer to a garage door
opener, but can be used for other
devices.

See Radio Frequency
Statement 0 482.

Do not use the Universal Remote
system with any garage door opener
that does not have the stop and
reverse feature. This includes any
garage door opener model
manufactured before April 1, 1982.

Universal Remote System
Programming

Read the instructions completely
before programming the Universal
Remote system. It may help to have
another person assist with the
programming process.

If equipped, these buttons are in the
overhead console.
This system can replace up to three
remote control transmitters used to
activate devices such as garage
door openers, security systems, and
home automation devices. These

Keep the original hand-held
transmitter for use in other vehicles
as well as for future programming.
Erase the programming when
vehicle ownership is terminated.
See “Erasing Universal Remote
System Buttons” later in this
section.
To program a garage door opener,
park outside directly in line with and
facing the garage door opener
receiver. Clear all people and
objects near the garage door.

Make sure the hand-held transmitter
has a new battery for quick and
accurate transmission of the
radio-frequency signal.

Programming the Universal
Remote System
For questions or help programming
the Universal Remote system, call
1-800-355-3515 or see
www.homelink.com.
Programming involves
time-sensitive actions, and may time
out causing the procedure to be
repeated.
To program up to three devices:
1. Hold the end of the hand-held
transmitter about 3 to 8 cm
(1 to 3 in) away from the
Universal Remote system
buttons with the indicator light
in view. The hand-held
transmitter was supplied by the
manufacturer of the garage
door opener receiver.
2. At the same time, press and
hold both the hand-held
transmitter button and one of
the three Universal Remote

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Instruments and Controls
be required. For a second
time, press and hold the
newly programmed button
for five seconds. If the light
stays on or the garage door
moves, programming is
complete.

system buttons to be used to
operate the garage door. Do
not release either button until
the indicator light goes from a
slow to a rapid flashing light.
Then release both buttons.
Some garage door openers
may require substitution of
Step 2 with the procedure
under “Radio Signals for
Canada and Some Gate
Operators” later in this section.
3. Press and hold the newly
programmed Universal Remote
system button for five seconds
while watching the indicator
light and garage door
activation.
. If the indicator light stays on
continuously or the garage
door moves when the
button is pressed, then
programming is complete.
There is no need to
complete Steps 4–6.
. If the indicator light does
not come on or the garage
door does not move, a
second button press may

If the indicator light blinks
rapidly for two seconds,
then changes to a solid light
and the garage door does
not move, continue with
programming Steps 4–6.

Learn or Smart Button
4. After completing Steps 1–3,
locate the Learn or Smart
button inside the garage on the
garage door opener receiver.

169

The name and color of the
button may vary by
manufacturer.
5. Press and release the Learn or
Smart button. Step 6 must be
completed within 30 seconds of
pressing this button.
6. Inside the vehicle, press and
hold the newly programmed
Universal Remote system
button for two seconds and
then release it. If the garage
door does not move or the
lamp on the garage door
opener receiver does not flash,
press and hold the same
button a second time for
two seconds, then release it.
Again, if the door does not
move or the garage door lamp
does not flash, press and hold
the same button a third time for
two seconds, then release it.
The Universal Remote system
should now activate the
garage door.
Repeat the process for
programming the two remaining
buttons.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

170

Instruments and Controls

Radio Signals for Canada and
Some Gate Operators

Universal Remote System
Operation

For questions or programming help,
call 1-800-355-3515 or see
www.homelink.com.

Using the Universal Remote
System

Canadian radio-frequency laws and
some U.S. gate operators require
transmitter signals to time out or quit
after several seconds of
transmission. This may not be long
enough for the Universal Remote
system to pick up the signal during
programming.
If the programming did not work,
replace Step 2 under “Programming
the Universal Remote System” with
the following:
Press and hold the Universal
Remote system button while
pressing and releasing the
hand-held transmitter button every
two seconds until the signal has
been successfully accepted by the
Universal Remote system. The
Universal Remote system indicator
light will flash slowly at first and then
rapidly. Proceed with Step 3 under
“Programming the Universal Remote
System” to complete.

Press and hold the appropriate
Universal Remote system button for
at least one-half second. The
indicator light will come on while the
signal is being transmitted.

Erasing Universal Remote
System Buttons
Erase all programmed buttons when
vehicle ownership is terminated.
To erase:
1. Press and hold the two outside
buttons until the indicator light
begins to flash. This should
take about 10 seconds.
2. Release both buttons.

Reprogramming a Single
Universal Remote System
Button
To reprogram any of the system
buttons:
1. Press and hold any one of the
buttons. Do not release the
button.
2. The indicator light will begin to
flash after 20 seconds. Without
releasing the button, proceed
with Step 1 under
“Programming the Universal
Remote System.”

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Lighting

Lighting Features

Exterior Lighting
Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . 171
Exterior Lamps Off
Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Headlamp High/Low-Beam
Changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Automatic Headlamp
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . 175
Turn and Lane-Change
Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Auxiliary
Roof-Mounted Lamp . . . . . . . . 176

Interior Lighting
Instrument Panel Illumination
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cargo Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

177
177
178
178

Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Battery Load Management . . .
Battery Power Protection . . . . .

179
179
179
180

171

Exterior Lighting
Exterior Lamp Controls

The exterior lamp control is on the
instrument panel to the left of the
steering wheel.

O : Turns off the automatic
headlamps and Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL). Turn the headlamp
control to the off position again to
turn the automatic headlamps or
DRL back on.
For vehicles first sold in Canada, off
will only work when the vehicle is in
P (Park).
AUTO : Automatically turns on the
headlamps, parking lamps,
taillamps, instrument panel lights,

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

172

Lighting

roof marker lamps (if equipped),
front/rear sidemarker lamps, and
license plate lamps.
When the vehicle is turned off and
the headlamps are in AUTO, the
headlamps turn off. When the key is
removed, they automatically turn on
for a set time. The time of the delay
can be changed using the DIC. See
Driver Information Center (DIC)
(Base Level) 0 145 or Driver
Information Center (DIC)
(Uplevel) 0 147.

; : Turns on the parking lamps
including all lamps, except the
headlamps.
2 : Turns on the headlamps

together with the parking lamps and
instrument panel lights.
When the headlamps are turned on
while the vehicle is on, the
headlamps turn off automatically
10 minutes after the ignition is
turned off. When the headlamps are
turned on while the vehicle is off,
the headlamps will stay on for
10 minutes before turning off to
prevent the battery from being
drained. Turn the headlamp control

off and then back to the headlamp
on position to make the headlamps
stay on for an additional 10 minutes.
To keep the lamps on for more than
10 minutes, the ignition must be in
the ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN
position.

Turning On and Enabling
IntelliBeam

lamps. See Fog Lamps 0 176.

To enable the IntelliBeam system,
with the turn signal lever in the
neutral position, turn the exterior
lamp control to AUTO. The blue
high-beam on light appears on the
instrument cluster when the high
beams are on.

IntelliBeam® System

Driving with IntelliBeam

If equipped, this system turns the
vehicle's high-beam headlamps on
and off according to surrounding
traffic conditions.

The system only activates the high
beams when driving over 40 km/h
(25 mph).

# : If equipped, turns on the fog

The system turns the high-beam
headlamps on when it is dark
enough and there is no other traffic
present.

This light comes on in the
instrument cluster when the
IntelliBeam system is enabled.

There is a sensor near the top
center of the windshield that
automatically controls the system.
Keep this area of the windshield
clear of debris to allow for best
system performance.
The high-beam headlamps remain
on, under the automatic control,
until one of the following situations
occurs:
. The system detects an
approaching vehicle's
headlamps.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Lighting
.

The system detects a preceding
vehicle's taillamps.

The outside light is bright
enough that high-beam
headlamps are not required.

The vehicle's speed drops below
20 km/h (12 mph).

The IntelliBeam system is
disabled by the high/low-beam
changer or the flash-to-pass
feature. If this happens, the high/
low-beam changer must be
activated two times within
two seconds to reactivate the
IntelliBeam system. The
instrument cluster light will come
on to indicate the IntelliBeam is
reactivated. See Headlamp
High/Low-Beam Changer 0 173
and Flash-to-Pass 0 174.

The high beams may not turn off
automatically if the system cannot
detect another vehicle's lamps
because of any of the following:
. The other vehicle's lamps are
missing, damaged, obstructed
from view, or otherwise
undetected.

173

The other vehicle's lamps are
covered with dirt, snow, and/or
road spray.

Exterior Lamps Off
Reminder

The other vehicle's lamps cannot
be detected due to dense
exhaust, smoke, fog, snow, road
spray, mist, or other airborne
obstructions.

A reminder chime sounds when the
headlamps or parking lamps are
manually turned on, the ignition is
off, and a door is open. To disable
the chime, turn the lamps off.

The vehicle's windshield is dirty,
cracked, or obstructed by
something that blocks the view
of the light sensor.

Headlamp High/
Low-Beam Changer
$ : Push the turn signal lever

The vehicle is loaded such that
the front end points upward,
causing the light sensor to aim
high and not detect headlamps
and taillamps.

toward the instrument panel to
change the headlamps from low to
high beam.

Driving on winding or hilly roads.

Pull the turn signal lever toward you
and release it to return to low-beam
headlamps.

The automatic high-beam
headlamps may need to be disabled
if any of the above conditions exist.

When the high-beam headlamps are
on, this indicator light on the
instrument cluster will also be on.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

174

Lighting

Flash-to-Pass
This feature lets you use the
high-beam headlamps to signal a
driver in front of you that you want
to pass. It works even if the
headlamps are in the automatic
position.
To use it, pull the turn signal lever
toward you, then release it.
If the headlamps are in the
automatic position or on low beam,
the high-beam headlamps will turn
on. Depending on the type of
headlamp, they will either turn off
after a short duration or stay on as
long as you hold the lever toward
you. The high-beam indicator on the
instrument cluster will come on.
Release the lever to return to
normal operation.

Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL)
DRL can make it easier for others to
see the front of the vehicle during
the day. Fully functional DRL are
required on all vehicles first sold in
Canada.

The DRL system comes on when
the following conditions are met:
. The ignition is on.
.

The exterior lamp control is
in AUTO.

The transmission is not in
P (Park).

The light sensor determines it is
daytime.

Automatic Headlamp
System
When the exterior lamp control is
set to AUTO and it is dark enough
outside, the headlamps come on
automatically.

When the DRL system is on, only
the DRL are on. The taillamps,
sidemarker lamps, instrument panel
lights, and other lamps will not
be on.
When it begins to get dark, the
automatic headlamp system
switches from DRL to the
headlamps.
To turn off the DRL, turn the exterior
lamp control to the off position and
then release. For vehicles first sold
in Canada, off will only work when
the vehicle is in P (Park).

There is a light sensor on top of the
instrument panel. Do not cover the
sensor, otherwise the headlamps
will come on when they are not
needed.
The system may also turn on the
headlamps when driving through a
parking garage or tunnel.
If the vehicle is started in a dark
garage, the automatic headlamp
system comes on immediately. If it
is light outside when the vehicle

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Lighting
leaves the garage, there is a slight
delay before the automatic
headlamp system changes to the
DRL. During that delay, the
instrument cluster may not be as
bright as usual. Make sure the
instrument panel brightness control
is in the full bright position. See
Instrument Panel Illumination
Control 0 177.

not operating, these lamps turn off.
Move the exterior lamp control to O
or ; to disable this feature.

175

Turn and Lane-Change
Signals

Hazard Warning Flashers

When it is bright enough outside,
the headlamps will turn off or may
change to Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL).

An arrow on the instrument cluster
flashes in the direction of the turn or
lane change.

The automatic headlamp system
turns off when the exterior lamp
control is turned to O or the ignition
is off.

Move the turn signal lever all the
way up or down to signal a turn.

Lights On with Wipers

| : Press this button to make the

If the windshield wipers are
activated in daylight with the engine
on, and the exterior lamp control is
in AUTO, the headlamps, parking
lamps, and other exterior lamps
come on. The transition time for the
lamps coming on varies based on
wiper speed. When the wipers are

front and rear turn signal lamps
flash on and off. Press again to turn
the flashers off.
When the hazard warning flashers
are on, the vehicle's turn signals will
not work.

Raise or lower the lever for less
than one second until the arrow
starts to flash to signal a lane
change. This causes the turn
signals to automatically flash three
times. It will flash six times if Tow/
Haul Mode is active. Holding the
turn signal lever for more than
one second will cause the turn
signals to flash until the lever is
released.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

176

Lighting

The lever returns to its starting
position whenever it is released.

Fog Lamps

If after signaling a turn or a lane
change the arrows flash rapidly or
do not come on, a signal bulb could
be burned out. If equipped with LED
turn signals, see your dealer.

Auxiliary
Roof-Mounted Lamp
If equipped, this button includes
wiring provisions for a dealer or a
qualified service center to install an
auxiliary roof lamp.

Replace any burned out bulbs. If a
bulb is not burned out, check the
fuse. See Fuses 0 390.
Turn Signal On Chime
If the turn signal is left on for more
than 1.2 km (0.75 mi), a chime
sounds at each flash of the turn
signal. The message TURN
SIGNAL ON will also appear in the
Driver Information Center (DIC). To
turn the chime and message off,
move the turn signal lever to the off
position.

Some localities have laws that
require the headlamps to be on with
the fog lamps.

If equipped, the control is on the
center of the exterior lamp control,
to the left of the steering column.
The ignition must be in the ON/RUN
position for the fog lamps to
come on.

# : Press to turn the fog lamps on
or off. A light will come on in the
instrument cluster.
When the fog lamps are turned on,
the parking lamps automatically
turn on.
When the headlamps are changed
to high beam, the fog lamps go off.
When the high-beam headlamps are
turned off, the fog lamps will come
on again.

This button is on the overhead
console.
When the wiring is connected to an
auxiliary roof-mounted lamp,
pressing the bottom of the button
will activate the lamp and illuminate
an indicator light at the bottom of

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Lighting
this button. Pressing the top of the
button will turn off the roof-mounted
lamp and indicator.
The emergency roof lamp circuit is
fused at 30 amps, so the total
current draw of the attached lamps
should be less than this value. The
attachment points for the roof lamp
circuits are two blunt cut wires
above the overhead console: a dark
green with blue stripe switched
power wire and a black ground wire.
For information on roof-mounted
emergency lamp installation, see
www.gmupfitter.com or contact your
dealer.
If the vehicle has this button, the
vehicle may have the snow plow
prep package. See Add-On
Electrical Equipment 0 345.

Interior Lighting

177

Cargo Lamp

Instrument Panel
Illumination Control

This feature controls the brightness
of the steering wheel and instrument
panel lights. The instrument panel
illumination control is next to the
exterior lamp control.

D : Move the thumbwheel up or
down to brighten or dim the lights.

The cargo lamp provides more light
in the cargo area or on the sides of
the vehicle, if needed. The lights
inside the pickup box and/or on the
outside rearview mirrors also turn
on, if equipped.
Press the switch down to turn the
cargo lamp on or off. An indicator
light will turn on when the lamp is
turned on, if equipped. The shift
lever must be in the P (Park)
position to operate the cargo lamp.
The lights on the outside rearview

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

178

Lighting

mirrors turn on if the shift lever is in
the R (Reverse), N (Neutral),
or P (Park) position.

ON : Turns all dome lamps on.

Reading Lamps

Dome Lamps

Press m or n next to each reading
lamp to turn it on or off.

There are reading lamps in the
overhead console and the headliner,
if equipped. To operate, the ignition
must be in the ACC/ACCESSORY
or ON/RUN position, or using
Retained Accessory Power (RAP).

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Lighting

Lighting Features
Entry Lighting
Some exterior lamps and the interior
lamps turn on briefly at night, or in
areas with limited lighting, when K
is pressed on the Remote Keyless
Entry (RKE) transmitter. When a
door is opened, the interior lamps
come on if the dome lamp control is
in the DOOR position. After about
30 seconds the exterior lamps turn
off. Entry lighting can be disabled
manually by changing the ignition
out of the OFF position, or by
pressing the RKE transmitter Q
button.
This feature can be changed. See
“Vehicle Locator Lights” under
Vehicle Personalization 0 160.

Exit Lighting
Some exterior lamps and the interior
lamps come on at night, or in areas
with limited lighting when the key is
removed from the ignition. The
exterior and interior lamps remain
on for a set amount of time and then

179

automatically turn off. The interior
lamps do not come on if the dome
lamp control is in the Off position.

moving up or down. This is normal.
If there is a problem, an alert will be
displayed.

The exterior lamps turn off
immediately by turning the exterior
lamps control off.

The battery can be discharged at
idle if the electrical loads are very
high. This is true for all vehicles.
This is because the generator
(alternator) may not be spinning fast
enough at idle to produce all the
power that is needed for very high
electrical loads.

This feature can be changed. See
Vehicle Personalization 0 160.

Battery Load
Management
The vehicle has Electric Power
Management (EPM), which
estimates the battery's temperature
and state of charge. It then adjusts
the voltage for best performance
and extended life of the battery.
When the battery's state of charge
is low, the voltage is raised slightly
to quickly bring the charge back up.
When the state of charge is high,
the voltage is lowered slightly to
prevent overcharging. The voltmeter
gauge or the voltage display on the
Driver Information Center (DIC),
if equipped, may show the voltage

A high electrical load occurs when
several of the following are on, such
as: headlamps, high beams, fog
lamps, rear window defogger,
climate control fan at high speed,
heated seats, engine cooling fans,
trailer loads, and loads plugged into
accessory power outlets.
EPM works to prevent excessive
discharge of the battery. It does this
by balancing the generator's output
and the vehicle's electrical needs.
It can increase engine idle speed to
generate more power, whenever
needed. It can temporarily reduce
the power demands of some
accessories.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

180

Lighting

Normally, these actions occur in
steps or levels, without being
noticeable. In rare cases at the
highest levels of corrective action,
this action may be noticeable to the
driver. If so, a DIC message might
be displayed and it is recommended
that the driver reduce the electrical
loads as much as possible. See
Battery Voltage and Charging
Messages 0 150.

Battery Power Protection
This feature shuts off the dome and
reading lamps, if they are left on for
more than 10 minutes after the
ignition is turned off. The cargo
lamp shuts off after 20 minutes. This
prevents the battery from
running down.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Infotainment System

Infotainment
System
Introduction
Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Theft-Deterrent Feature . . . . . .
Overview (Base Radio with
Touchscreen) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Overview (Base Radio) . . . . . . .
Home Page (Base Radio) . . . .
Home Page (Base Radio with
Touchscreen) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Software Updates . . . . . . . . . . . .

181
182
183
184
186
188
189

Radio
AM-FM Radio (Base
Radio) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AM-FM Radio (Base Radio
with Touchscreen) . . . . . . . . . . .
Satellite Radio (Base
Radio) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Satellite Radio (Base Radio
with Touchscreen) . . . . . . . . . . .
Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fixed Mast Antenna . . . . . . . . . .
Multi-Band Antenna . . . . . . . . . .

Introduction

Audio Players

189
191
193
193
195
195
196

Avoiding Untrusted Media
Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CD Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
USB Port (Base Radio) . . . . . . .
USB Port (Base Radio with
Touchscreen) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Auxiliary Jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bluetooth Audio . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

196
196
199
201
207
208

Voice Recognition
Voice Recognition . . . . . . . . . . . . 209

Phone
Bluetooth (Overview) . . . . . . . . .
Bluetooth (Infotainment
Controls - Base Radio) . . . . . .
Bluetooth (Voice Recognition Base Radio) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bluetooth (Infotainment
Controls - Base Radio with
Touchscreen) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Apple CarPlay and
Android Auto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

181

216
217
221
226
230

Trademarks and License
Agreements
Trademarks and License
Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231

Infotainment
Base radio information is included in
this manual. See the infotainment
manual for information on other
available infotainment systems.
Read the following pages to
become familiar with the Base
Radio features.

{ Warning
Taking your eyes off the road for
too long or too often while using
any infotainment feature can
cause a crash. You or others
could be injured or killed. Do not
give extended attention to
infotainment tasks while driving.
Limit your glances at the vehicle
displays and focus your attention
on driving. Use voice commands
whenever possible.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

182

Infotainment System

The infotainment system has built-in
features intended to help avoid
distraction by disabling some
functions when driving. These
functions may gray out when they
are unavailable. Many infotainment
features are also available through
the instrument cluster and steering
wheel controls.
Before driving:
. Become familiar with the
operation, faceplate buttons, and
screen buttons.

Set up the audio by presetting
favorite stations, setting the
tone, and adjusting the
speakers.
Set up phone numbers in
advance so they can be called
easily by pressing a single
button or by using a single voice
command if equipped with
Bluetooth phone capability.

See Defensive Driving 0 248.
To play the infotainment system with
the ignition off, see Retained
Accessory Power (RAP) 0 271.

Theft-Deterrent Feature
TheftLock® is designed to
discourage theft of the vehicle's
radio by learning a portion of the
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN).
The radio does not operate if it is
stolen or moved to a different
vehicle.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Infotainment System

Overview (Base Radio with Touchscreen)

{
.

183

Press to go to the Home
Page. See Home Page
(Base Radio) 0 186 or
Home Page (Base Radio
with Touchscreen) 0 188.

7
.

Radio: Press and release to
go to the previous station or
channel. Press and hold to
fast seek the next strongest
previous station or channel.

USB/Bluetooth Music/
Pictures: Press and hold to
go to the previous content.
Press and hold to fast
rewind.

O
.

Press to turn the power on.

Press and hold to turn the
power off.

Press to mute the system
when on.

Turn to decrease or
increase the volume.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

184
4.

Infotainment System

6
.

Radio: Press and release to
go to the next station or
channel. Press and hold to
fast seek the next strongest
station or channel.

USB/Bluetooth Music/
Pictures: Press and hold to
go to the next content.
Press and hold to fast
forward.

#
.

Press and release to
access the phone screen,
answer an incoming call,
or access the device home
screen. Press and hold to
access Press to Talk.

Overview (Base Radio)
Infotainment System Overview
The infotainment system is
controlled by using the buttons on
the faceplate and steering wheel
controls, if equipped. See Steering
Wheel Controls 0 121.

Radio with CD

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Infotainment System

185

5. CD Slot (If Equipped)
6.

o BACK
.

{
.

Radio with TONE
1.

q
.

3.
Press to scroll down
through the favorite pages
for each source.

2. Favorites/Soft Keys
. Press to select favorite
stations.
. Press and hold to save
favorite stations.
. Press to select a screen
button when displayed.

r
.

Press to scroll up through
the favorite pages for each
source.

4. MENU
. Press to access the menu
for the current audio
source.
. Press to select the
highlighted menu option.
. Turn to scroll through a list.
.

Turn to manually select a
station.

Press to return to the
previous screen in a menu.
Press to go to the Home
Page from any point in the
system. See “Home Page”
following.

X (If Equipped) or TONE (If
Equipped)
.

Press X to eject the CD (if
equipped).

Press TONE to open the
Tone Settings menu (if
equipped).

g or l
.

CD (If Equipped): Press

g to seek the beginning of
the current or previous
track. If the track has
played for less than
five seconds, it seeks the
previous track. If longer
than five seconds, the

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

186

Infotainment System
current track will start from
the beginning. Press l to
seek the next track.
.

AM, FM, or SiriusXM (If
Equipped): Press g or l
to seek to the previous or
next strong station.

CD (If Equipped): Press
and hold g to quickly
reverse through a track.
Release the button to return
to playing speed. Press and
hold l to fast forward
through a track. Release
the button to return to
playing speed.

10. RADIO
. Press to change the audio
source between AM, FM,
or SiriusXM, if equipped.
11. MEDIA
. Press to change the audio
source between CD, USB,
AUX, and Bluetooth Audio,
if equipped.

12.

O
.

Press to turn the audio on.

Press and hold to turn it off.

When on, press to mute the
system. Press again to
unmute.

Turn to increase or
decrease the volume.

Home Page (Base Radio)
Home Page Features
The infotainment system displays a
Home Page that makes it easy to
access all of the applications. Turn
the MENU knob to highlight feature
icons. Press the MENU knob to
access the feature’s options.
Various functions are disabled when
the vehicle is moving.

AUDIO : Select the AUDIO screen
icon to display the active source
page. The sources available are
AM, FM, SiriusXM® (if equipped),
USB/iPod, AUX Input, and Bluetooth
Audio (if equipped). See AM-FM
Radio (Base Radio with
Touchscreen) 0 191 or AM-FM
Radio (Base Radio) 0 189, Satellite
Radio (Base Radio) 0 193 or
Satellite Radio (Base Radio with
Touchscreen) 0 193, , Auxiliary Jack
0 207, and Bluetooth Audio 0 208.
PHONE : Select the PHONE screen
icon to display the Phone main
page. See Bluetooth (Voice
Recognition - Base Radio) 0 221 or
Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls Base Radio) 0 217 or Bluetooth
(Overview) 0 216 or Bluetooth
(Infotainment Controls - Base Radio
with Touchscreen) 0 226.
NAV (Navigation, If Equipped) :
Select the NAV screen icon to
display the OnStar Turn-by-Turn
Navigation. See OnStar Overview
0 486, if equipped.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Infotainment System
SETTINGS : Select the SETTINGS
screen icon to display the Settings
main page. See “Setting Radio
Preferences” following.

Setting Radio Preferences
Select the SETTINGS screen icon
to display the Settings menu and
the following may display:
Time and Date : See Clock 0 123.
Language (Current Language) :
This will set the display language in
the radio and instrument cluster.
Select to display a list of languages.
Select o BACK to go back to the
previous menu.
Valet Mode:
Using the circular numeric keypad,
enter a four-digit code:
1. Turn the MENU knob to
highlight a number.
2. Press the MENU knob to select
it. Do this for each one of the
four digits. Select Enter to go to
the confirmation screen.

187

3. Re-enter the four-digit code.
Select LOCK to lock the
system.

Radio Setup

4. Enter the four-digit code to
unlock the system.
Select o BACK to go back to
the previous menu.

Manage Favorites:
. Turn the MENU knob and press
to select a favorite.
. To delete a favorite, press
the button just below the
DELETE screen button.
. To move a favorite, press the
MOVE screen button. Turn
the MENU knob to select a
new location, then press the
DROP screen button to
select the new location.

Radio : See “Radio Setup” later in
this section.
Vehicle : See Vehicle
Personalization 0 160.
Display : Press the MENU knob to
turn the display on or off.
Return to Factory Settings : See
“Return to Factory Settings” later in
this section.
Software Information (If
Equipped) : Press the MENU knob
to select Save Vehicle Info to USB.
Press the MENU knob again to start
downloading the vehicle information
to the USB.

Press the RADIO button and the
following may display:

Select o BACK to go back to
the previous menu.

Number of Favorites Shown :
Select Auto and the system will
automatically adjust the number of
favorite pages when favorites are
added and removed, or select a
number from 5–25 to manually
adjust the number of favorites
shown.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

188

Infotainment System

Audible Touch Feedback (If
Equipped) : Select Audible Touch
Feedback to turn feedback off or on.
Auto Volume (If Equipped) : This
feature adjusts the volume based on
vehicle speed. The options are Off,
Low, Medium-Low, Medium,
Medium-High, or High. Select the
desired volume.
Maximum Startup Volume : This
feature sets the maximum startup
volume. If the vehicle is started and
the volume is greater than this level,
the volume is adjusted to this level.
To set the maximum startup volume,
Turn the MENU knob to increase or
decrease startup volume.
Rear Camera (If Equipped)
From the Rear Camera screen
button, the following may display:
Return to Factory Settings
Select Return to Factory Settings
and the following may display:
Restore Vehicle Settings : This
option will restore factory vehicle
personalization settings. Select
Restore Vehicle Settings. A screen

displays stating all vehicle
customization settings will be
restored to the factory settings.
Select Cancel or Confirm.

Home Page (Base Radio
with Touchscreen)

Clear All Private Data (If
Equipped) : This option clears all
private information from the vehicle.
Select Clear All Private Data. Select
Cancel or Confirm.

Touchscreen buttons show on the
screen when available. When a
function is unavailable, the button
may gray out. When a function is
selected, the button may highlight.

Restore Radio Settings : This
option will restore factory radio
settings. Select Restore Radio
Settings. A screen displays stating
all personalized radio settings will
be restored back to the factory
settings. Select Cancel or Confirm.

Home Page Features

Touchscreen Buttons

English and Metric Unit
Conversion
To change the display units between
English and metric units, see Driver
Information Center (DIC) (Base
Level) 0 145 or Driver Information
Center (DIC) (Uplevel) 0 147 or
Instrument Cluster 0 128.

Press

{ to go to the Home Page.

Audio : Touch to select AM, FM,
SiriusXM® (if equipped), USB/iPod/
Bluetooth Audio, or AUX.
Gallery : Touch to view a picture or
movie.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Infotainment System
Phone : Touch to activate the
phone features (if equipped). See
Bluetooth (Voice Recognition - Base
Radio) 0 221 or Bluetooth
(Infotainment Controls - Base
Radio) 0 217 or Bluetooth
(Overview) 0 216 or Bluetooth
(Infotainment Controls - Base Radio
with Touchscreen) 0 226.

Climate : Touch to access the
Climate menu. See Dual Automatic
Climate Control System 0 240.
OnStar : If equipped, touch to
access the OnStar menu. See
OnStar Overview 0 486.

Software Updates

Projection : Touch to access
supported devices when connected.
See USB Port (Base Radio) 0 199
or USB Port (Base Radio with
Touchscreen) 0 201.

See the website for more
information.

Settings : Touch to access the
Personalization menu. See Vehicle
Personalization 0 160.

In Canada, see
www.chevrolet.gm.ca

Website Information
In the U.S., see www.chevrolet.com

In Mexico, see
www.chevrolet.com.mx

189

Radio
AM-FM Radio (Base
Radio)
Playing the Radio
While on the audio main page,
press the RADIO button repeatedly
to cycle through the available
sources AM, FM, and SiriusXM® (if
equipped) or press the MEDIA
button repeatedly to cycle through
the available sources Bluetooth®
Audio (if equipped), USB, and AUX.
The steering wheel controls can
also be used to adjust the volume.
See Steering Wheel Controls 0 121.
AM, FM, or SiriusXM (If Equipped)
To select AM, FM, or SiriusXM (if
equipped), press the RADIO button
to toggle to the desired broadcast
source.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

190

Infotainment System

Press the MENU knob and the
following radio settings may display:
Tone Settings:
. Bass, Midrange, and Treble:
Turn the MENU knob and
highlight. Press the MENU knob
to select. Turn the MENU knob
to adjust.
. Balance: Turn the MENU knob
to highlight. Press the MENU
knob to select. Turn the MENU
knob left for more sound from
the left speakers or right for
more sound from the right
speakers. The middle position
balances the sound between the
left and right speakers.
. Fade: Turn the MENU knob to
highlight. Press the MENU knob
to select. Turn the MENU knob
to the left for more sound from
the front speakers and to the
right for more sound from the
rear speakers. The middle
position balances the sound
between the front and rear
speakers.

DSP: If equipped with a
Bose Surround® sound system,
it will have three DSP modes
including:
⇣ Normal: Adjusts the audio to
provide the best sound for all
seating positions.

Auto Volume : If equipped, this
feature adjusts the volume based on
the vehicle speed. Select the level
between Off, Low, Medium-Low,
Medium, Medium-High, and High.
Press o BACK to go to the
previous menu.

⇣ Driver: Adjusts the audio to
provide the best sound for the
driver.

EQ (Equalizer) Settings : In certain
configurations, the available choices
are Manual and Talk.

⇣ Centerpoint: Creates a
surround sound from nearly
any audio source.

Options for SiriusXM Only (If
Equipped)

EQ (Equalizer): If equipped
with a Bose sound system, turn
the MENU knob to highlight.
Turn the MENU knob to scroll
through the options. Press the
MENU knob to select. Press
the o BACK button to go to the
previous menu.

Station List : Select to display
a list of AM or FM stations.
Press o BACK to go to the
previous menu.

SXM View : SXM view allows the
channel list to be viewed by channel
name, artist playing on channel,
or song playing on channel. Turn
the MENU knob to highlight and
press the MENU knob to select.
Press o BACK to go to the
previous menu.
Channel List : Select to display a
list of SiriusXM channels. Turn the
MENU knob to highlight and press
the MENU knob to select.
Press o BACK to go to the
previous menu.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Infotainment System
Also see the radio settings common
for all sources earlier in this section.

Finding a Station
Seeking a Station
Press g or l to search for the
previous or next strongest station.
Tuning a Station
Turn the MENU knob to manually
find a station.

Storing Radio Station Presets
Up to 25 preset stations from all
bands can be stored in the favorite
lists in any order. Up to five stations
can be stored in each favorite page
and the number of favorites can
be set.
AM, FM, or SiriusXM (If
Equipped) : While on the active
source main page, such as AM, FM,
or SiriusXM (if equipped), press and
hold a favorites/soft key button on
the faceplate.

Mixed-Audio Favorites

System Settings

Media (if equipped) and Broadcast
favorites can be stored.

Auto Volume

To display the favorites page,
press q or r on the radio faceplate.
To manage favorites, see “Manage
Favorites” under Home Page (Base
Radio) 0 186 or Home Page (Base
Radio with Touchscreen) 0 188.

This feature automatically adjusts
the radio volume to compensate for
road and wind noise.
The level of volume compensation
can be selected, or the feature can
be turned off.
1. Touch MENU from a source
screen.

AM-FM Radio (Base
Radio with Touchscreen)

2. Select Auto Volume.
3. Select the desired setting.

Playing the Radio

4. Touch 3 to go back to the
source screen.

Audio Source Menu

{ : Press to go to the Home Page.
O : Press to turn on, mute,
or unmute the system. Press and
hold to turn off the system.

Selecting a Band
Press {, then touch AUDIO,
Source, then select AM, FM,
or SXM, if equipped. The last station
that was playing starts playing
again.

191

Tone Settings
The tone settings can be set for
each radio band and each audio
player source.
Preset Tone Settings
. Touch MENU.
.

Touch Tone Settings.

Select a preset tone setting.

Bass, Midrange, or Treble:
Touch ✓ or +.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

192
.

Infotainment System

Fader or Balance: Adjust the
front/rear or left/right speakers
by dragging the dot in the
vehicle image on the screen.

Selecting a Station
Seek Tuning
If the radio station is not known:

Custom Tone Settings
. Touch MENU.

Press 7 or 6 to automatically
search for available radio stations.

Touch Tone Settings.

Manual Tuning

Touch Custom.

Bass, Midrange, or Treble:
Touch ✓ or +.

Continue touching t or u to
manually change the radio station.

Fader or Balance: Adjust the
front/rear or left/right speakers
by dragging the dot in the
vehicle image on the screen.

Direct Tune
From the AM or FM menu:
. Touch Tune.
.

Enter the station number.

Touch 3 to go back to the source
screen.

Touch Go or t or u to go to
the pervious or next station.

Selecting an Auxiliary Device

Favorite

Connect the auxiliary device to the
AUX input terminal. Play will begin
when the system has finished
reading the information on the
device.

Touch S or T to scroll through
the favorites.

Touch on the station to select it.

If the AUX device is already
connected, press {, AUDIO,
Source, then select the device.

Station List
. From the AM or FM menu,
touch MENU.
. Select Station List.

Touch Q or R to scroll through
the list. Touch the station to
select it.

Update Station List
. From the AM or FM menu, touch
MENU, then touch Update
Station List. The broadcasting
list updating will begin.
. During the AM or FM
broadcasting list update, touch
Cancel to stop the updates.

Storing a Station as a Favorite
Stations from all bands can be
stored in any order in the favorite
pages.
Up to 25 stations can be stored.
Storing Stations
To store the station to a position in
the list, touch the corresponding
button 1✓5 until a beep is heard.
1. Select the desired station.
2. Touch S or T to select the
desired page of saved
favorites.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Infotainment System
3. Touch and hold down any of
the preset buttons to save the
current radio station to that
button of the selected
favorites page.
To change a preset button, tune to
the new desired radio station and
touch and hold the preset button.

Satellite Radio (Base
Radio)
SiriusXM® Satellite Radio
Service (If Equipped)
Vehicles with a SiriusXM satellite
radio tuner and a valid SiriusXM
satellite radio subscription can
receive SiriusXM programming.
SiriusXM is a satellite radio service
based in the 48 contiguous United
States and 10 Canadian provinces.
SiriusXM satellite radio has a wide
variety of programming and
commercial-free music, coast to
coast, and in digital-quality sound.
A service fee is required to receive
the SiriusXM service. See
www.siriusxm.com or call

1-888-601-6296 (U.S.); or see
www.siriusxm.ca or call
1-877-438-9677 (Canada).
When SiriusXM is active, the
channel name and number,
category name, song title, and artist
display on the screen.

Browsing SiriusXM Channels
(If Equipped)
To browse the SiriusXM channels:
1. Press the MENU knob.
2. Turn the MENU knob to
highlight SXM Channel List.
3. Turn the MENU knob to
highlight the desired SXM
Channels.

193

SiriusXM Satellite Radio
Service (If Equipped)
SiriusXM is a satellite radio service
based in the 48 contiguous United
States and 10 Canadian provinces.
SiriusXM Satellite Radio has a wide
variety of programming and
commercial-free music, coast to
coast, and in digital-quality sound.
A service fee is required to receive
the SiriusXM service. For more
information, contact SiriusXM at
www.siriusxm.com or
1-866-635-2349 (U.S.), and
www.xmradio.ca or 1-877-209-0079
(Canada).

Listening to SiriusXM Radio (If
Equipped)

Satellite Radio (Base
Radio with Touchscreen)

1. Press

Vehicles with an SXM Satellite
Radio tuner and a valid SiriusXM®
Satellite Radio subscription can
receive SiriusXM programming.

3. Touch Source.

2. Touch AUDIO.
4. Touch SXM and the most
recent listened to SiriusXM
channel will display.
Touch 0 to return to the
HOME menu.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

194

Infotainment System

Selecting a Category
From Menu, touch Categories, then
touch the desired category or from
Categories, touch Q or R to find the
desired channel. Touch the channel
to select it.

Selecting a Channel
Touch u or t and the previous or
next channel will be selected.
Touch and hold u or t to jump
four channels backward or forward,
then release the button at the
desired channel.

Using the Preset Buttons
Up to seven favorites pages can be
saved, and each page can store up
to five channels.
To change a preset button, tune to
the new desired channel and hold
the button.
Listening to Preset Channels
1. Continue touching
select the desired
favorites page.

S or T to

2. Touch the preset button to
listen to the channel saved to
that button.

Using the SiriusXM Menu
Operation
1. Touch MENU on the SXM radio
screen.
2. Touch the menu to select the
desired item or to display the
detail menu item.
3. Touch 0 to return to the
previous menu.
Channel List
1. Touch Channel List from the
SXM menu. The channel list is
displayed.
2. Touch Q or R to find the
desired channel. Tune to the
channel by selecting it.
Tone Settings
From the tone settings menu, the
sound features can be set up for
SiriusXM audio and each audio
player’s functions.

1. Touch Tone Settings. The tone
settings screen is displayed.
See “Tone Settings” under
“Base Radio with Touchscreen”
in AM-FM Radio (Base Radio
with Touchscreen) 0 191 or
AM-FM Radio (Base
Radio) 0 189.
2. Touch OK.
Auto Volume
1. Touch Auto Volume. See “Auto
Volume” under “Base Radio
with Touchscreen” in AM-FM
Radio (Base Radio with
Touchscreen) 0 191 or AM-FM
Radio (Base Radio) 0 189.
2. Touch OK.
Categories
1. Touch Categories.
2. Touch Q or R to find the
desired category. Touch the
category to select it.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Infotainment System
Explicit Content Filter
When on, only a filtered list of
channels will be received. When off,
all regular SXM programming
subscribed to will be received.
1. Touch SXM Explicit Filter.
2. Select On or Off.

Radio Reception
Frequency interference and static
can occur during normal radio
reception if items such as phone
chargers, vehicle convenience
accessories, and external electronic
devices are plugged into the
accessory power outlet. If there is
interference or static, unplug the
item from the accessory power
outlet.

FM
FM signals only reach about 16 to
65 km (10 to 40 mi). Although the
radio has a built-in electronic circuit
that automatically works to reduce
interference, some static can occur,

especially around tall buildings or
hills, causing the sound to fade in
and out.

AM
The range for most AM stations is
greater than for FM, especially at
night. The longer range can cause
station frequencies to interfere with
each other. Static can also occur
when things like storms and power
lines interfere with radio reception.
When this happens, try reducing the
treble on the radio.

SiriusXM Satellite Radio
Service
If equipped, SiriusXM Satellite
Radio Service provides digital radio
reception. Tall buildings or hills can
interfere with satellite radio signals,
causing the sound to fade in and
out. In addition, traveling or standing
under heavy foliage, bridges,
garages, or tunnels may cause loss
of the SiriusXM signal for a period
of time.

195

Cell Phone Usage
Cell phone usage, such as making
or receiving phone calls, charging,
or just having the phone on may
cause static interference in the
radio. Unplug the phone or turn it off
if this happens.

Fixed Mast Antenna
The fixed mast antenna will go
through most car washes as long as
it is securely attached. If the
antenna becomes slightly bent,
straighten it out by hand. If it is
badly bent, replace it.
Occasionally check that the antenna
is tight at the base. If tightening is
required, protect the paint from
damage.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

196

Infotainment System

Multi-Band Antenna
The multi-band antenna is on the
roof of the vehicle. The antenna is
used for OnStar, the SiriusXM
Satellite Radio Service System, and
GPS (Global Positioning System),
if the vehicle has these features.
Keep the antenna clear of
obstructions for clear reception.
If the vehicle has a sunroof, and it is
open, reception can also be
affected.
Items on the roof of the vehicle can
interfere with the performance of the
radio system and OnStar (if
equipped). Make sure the
multi-band antenna is not
obstructed.

Audio Players
Avoiding Untrusted Media
Devices
When using media devices such as
CDs, DVDs, Blu-Ray Discs®, SD
cards, USB drives, and mobile
devices, consider the source.
Untrusted media devices could
contain files that affect system
operation or performance. Avoid use
if the content or origin cannot be
trusted.

CD Player
If the vehicle is equipped with a CD
player, it can be used for CD and
MP3 audio.
With the vehicle on, insert a disc
into the slot, label side up. Press the
MEDIA button to select CD as a
source.
The system is capable of
playing most:
. Audio CDs
.

CD-R

CD-RW

MP3 or unprotected WMA
formats

When playing any compatible
recordable disc, the sound quality
can be reduced due to disc quality,
the method of recording, the quality
of the music that has been
recorded, or the way the disc has
been handled.
There can be increased skipping,
difficulty in finding tracks, and/or
difficulty in loading and ejecting.
If these problems occur, check the
disc for damage or try a known
good disc.
To avoid damage to the CD player:
. Do not use scratched or
damaged discs.
. Do not apply labels to discs. The
labels could get caught in the
player.
. Insert only one disc at a time.
.

Keep the loading slot free of
foreign materials, liquids, and
debris.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Infotainment System
.

Use a marking pen to label the
top of the disc.

Loading and Ejecting Discs
To load a disc:

to the previous track. If longer
than five seconds, the current
track starts from the beginning.
.

1. Turn the vehicle on.
2. Insert a disc into the slot, label
side up. The player pulls it in
the rest of the way. If the disc
is damaged or improperly
loaded, there is an error and
the disc ejects.

Playing an Audio CD
Press the MEDIA button on the
faceplate until CD is selected.
On the CD main page, either a track
number displays at the beginning of
each track, or Song, Artist, and
Album information displays when
available.
Use the following screen controls to
play the disc:

t: While on the CD main page:
.

Press to seek to the beginning of
the current or previous track.
If the track has been playing for
less than five seconds, it seeks

Press and hold to fast reverse
through a track. Release the
button to return to playing
speed. Elapsed time displays.

u: While on the CD main page:
.

Press to seek to the next track.

Press and hold to fast forward
through a track. Release the
button to return to playing
speed. Elapsed time displays.

j /r: While on the CD main page,
press to pause. Press again to
resume.

Z: Press Z to play the songs in
random order. Press again to
turn off.
If a Blu-ray Disc® or DVD disc is
loaded into the disc player and the
CD screen button is selected, a
message comes on the screen to
use the Video application. The
Video application is only available
on vehicles with Rear Seat
Entertainment (RSE).

197

CD Menu
While on the CD main page, press
the MENU knob to display the CD
menu and the following may display:
Browse : Select to display the files
or songs on the CD.
Tone Settings : Select to adjust
Bass, Midrange, Treble, Balance,
Fade, and EQ (Equalizer). See
“Tone Settings” under AM-FM Radio
(Base Radio with Touchscreen)
0 191 or AM-FM Radio (Base
Radio) 0 189.
Auto Volume : If equipped, this
feature adjusts the volume based on
the vehicle speed. Select the level
between Off, Low, Medium-Low,
Medium, Medium-High, and High.
Press BACK to go to the
previous menu.
DSP : If equipped, this feature
adjusts the pre-defined settings.
See “DSP” in AM-FM Radio (Base
Radio with Touchscreen) 0 191 or
AM-FM Radio (Base Radio) 0 189.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

198

Infotainment System

EQ (Equalizer) : If equipped, this
feature adjusts the equalizer
settings. See “EQ (Equalizer)” in
AM-FM Radio (Base Radio with
Touchscreen) 0 191 or AM-FM
Radio (Base Radio) 0 189.

If Disc Player Error displays, it could
be for one of the following reasons:
. The player temperature is
too high.
. There are load or eject errors.

Error Messages

If the CD is not playing correctly for
any other reason, try a known
good CD.

If Disc Error displays and/or the disc
comes out, it could be for one of the
following reasons:
. The disc has an invalid or
unknown format.
. The disc is very hot. Try the disc
again when the temperature
returns to normal.
. The road is very rough. Try the
disc again when the road is
smoother.
. The disc is dirty, scratched, wet,
or upside down.
. The air is very humid. Try the
disc again later.
. There was a problem while
burning the disc.
. The label is caught in the CD
player.

If any error continues, contact your
dealer.

Playing an MP3 CD
To play an MP3 CD, follow the same
instructions as “Playing an
Audio CD.”
The following guidelines must be
met when creating an MP3 disc,
otherwise the CD might not play:
. Sampling rate: 16 kHz,
22.05 kHz, 24 kHz, 32 kHz,
44.1 kHz, and 48 kHz.
. Bit rates supported: 8, 16, 24,
32, 40, 48, 56, 64, 80, 96, 112,
128, 144, 160, 192, 224, 256,
and 320 kbps.

Maximum number of folders:
eight folders with 255 files per
folder.

Maximum of 1,000 files on
a disc.

Recorded on a CD-R or CD-RW.

Root Directory
The root directory is treated as a
folder. All files contained directly
under the root directory are
accessed prior to any root directory
folders.
Empty Folders
If a root directory or folder is empty
or contains only folders, the player
advances to the next folder in the
file structure that contains a
compressed audio file. The empty
folder(s) are not displayed or
numbered.
No Folder
When the CD only contains
compressed audio files without any
folders, all files are under the root
folder.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Infotainment System

USB Port (Base Radio)
Playing from a USB
A USB mass storage device or
Media Transfer Protocol (MTP)
device can be connected to the
USB port.
The vehicle may have USB ports in
the front of the center console,
armrest, or one in the upper glove
box. See Center Console Storage
0 116 and Glove Box 0 115.
USB MP3 Player and USB Drives
. The USB MP3 players and USB
drives connected must comply
with the USB Mass Storage
Class specification (USB MSC).
. Hard disk drives are not
supported.
. Supported file system is FAT32.
To play a USB device:
. Connect the USB.
. Press MEDIA on the faceplate
until the connected device is
shown.

While the USB source is active,
press the corresponding faceplate
button for the icons on the screen to
operate USB function:
.
.
.
.

t
u
j /r
Z

For information on how to use the
screen icons, see “Playing an
Audio CD.”
USB Menu
Press MENU to display the USB
menu and the following may display:
Browse : Select to display the files
and folders on the USB device.
Tone Settings : Select to adjust
Bass, Midrange, Treble, Balance,
Fade, and EQ (Equalizer). See
“Tone Settings” in AM-FM Radio
(Base Radio with Touchscreen)
0 191 or AM-FM Radio (Base
Radio) 0 189.

199

Auto Volume : If equipped, see
“Auto Volume” in AM-FM Radio
(Base Radio with Touchscreen)
0 191 or AM-FM Radio (Base
Radio) 0 189.
EQ (Equalizer) : If equipped, this
feature adjusts the equalizer
settings. See “EQ (Equalizer)
Settings” in AM-FM Radio (Base
Radio with Touchscreen) 0 191 or
AM-FM Radio (Base Radio) 0 189.

Playing from an iPod®/iPad®/
iPhone®
This feature supports the following
devices:
. iPod nano® (1st, 2nd, 3rd, and
4th generation)
. iPod with video (5.0 and 5.5
generation)
. iPod classic® (6th generation)
.

iPod touch® (1st and 2nd
generation)

iPad

iPhone 3G, iPhone 3GS,
iPhone 4

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

200

Infotainment System

There may be problems with
operation and function in the
following situations:
. When connecting a device with
a more recent version of the
firmware installed than is
supported by the infotainment
system.
. When connecting a device on
which firmware from other
providers is installed.
To connect and control a device:
1. Connect one end of the
standard USB cable to the
device's dock connector.

The device battery recharges
automatically while the vehicle is on.
When the vehicle is off while a
device is connected using the USB
cable, the device battery stops
charging and the device will
automatically turn off.
If the device is an unsupported
model, it can still be listened to in
the vehicle by connecting to the
auxiliary input jack using a standard
3.5 mm (1/8 in) stereo cable.

EQ (Equalizer) : If equipped, this
feature adjusts the Equalizer
settings. See “EQ (Equalizer)” in
AM-FM Radio (Base Radio with
Touchscreen) 0 191 or AM-FM
Radio (Base Radio) 0 189.
Browse Device Media

Use the following to browse:

Press MENU to display the device
Menu and the following may display:

Playlists:

2. Connect the other end to a
USB port in the center console.
See Center Console
Storage 0 116.

Browse : Select to display the files
or songs on the device. See
“Browse Device Media” later in this
section.

3. Press MEDIA to select the
source.

Tone Settings : Select to adjust
Bass, Midrange, Treble, Balance,
Fade, and EQ (Equalizer). See
“Tone Settings” in AM-FM Radio
(Base Radio with Touchscreen)
0 191 or AM-FM Radio (Base
Radio) 0 189.

The music information displays on
the radio’s display and begins
playing through the vehicle’s audio
system.

Auto Volume : If equipped, see
“Auto Volume ” in AM-FM Radio
(Base Radio with Touchscreen)
0 191 or AM-FM Radio (Base
Radio) 0 189.

1. Turn MENU to highlight and
press to view the playlists
stored on the device.
2. Turn MENU to highlight and
press to select a playlist name
to view a list of all songs in the
playlist.
3. Turn MENU to highlight and
press to select the song from
the list to begin playback.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Infotainment System
Artists:

Genres:

201

USB Port (Base Radio
with Touchscreen)

1. Turn MENU to highlight and
press to view the artists stored
on the device.

1. Turn MENU to highlight and
press to view the genres stored
on the device.

2. Turn MENU to highlight and
press to select an artist name
to view a list of all albums by
the artist.

2. Turn MENU to highlight and
press to select a genre name
to view a list of artists of that
genre.

The infotainment system can play
music by connecting an auxiliary
device to the USB port.

3. Turn MENU to highlight and
press to select an album name
to view a list of all songs on the
album.

3. Turn MENU to highlight and
press to select to view albums
by that artist.

If equipped, the USB connector is in
the center stack below the climate
controls, and uses the USB 2.0
standard.

4. Turn MENU to highlight and
press to select the song from
the list to begin playback.
Albums:
1. Turn MENU to highlight and
press to view the albums
stored on the device.
2. Turn MENU to highlight and
press to select an album name
to view a list of all songs on the
album.
3. Turn MENU to highlight and
press to select the song from
the list to begin playback.

4. Turn MENU to highlight and
press to select an album to
view songs.
5. Turn MENU to highlight and
press to select the song from
the list to begin playback.
Songs:
1. Turn MENU to highlight and
press to view a list of all songs
stored on the device.
2. Turn MENU to highlight and
press to select the song from
the list to begin playback.

Using the USB Port

USB Support

USB Supported Devices
. USB Flash Drives
.

Portable USB Hard Drives

Not all iPods and USB drives are
compatible with the USB port.
Make sure the iPod has the latest
firmware from Apple® for proper
operation. iPod firmware can be
updated using the latest iTunes®
application. See www.apple.com/
itunes.
For help with identifying your iPod,
go to www.apple.com/support.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

202

Infotainment System

The USB port can play both lower
and upper case .mp3, .wma, .ogg,
and .wav files stored on a USB
storage device.

To connect an iPod/iPhone, connect
one end of the device’s cable to the
iPod/iPhone and the other end to
the USB port.

Supported Apple® Devices

The iPod/iPhone charges while it is
connected to the vehicle if the
vehicle is in ACC/ACCESSORY or
ON/RUN. See Ignition Positions
0 268. When the vehicle is turned
off, the iPod/iPhone automatically
powers off and will not charge or
draw power from the vehicle's
battery.

To view supported devices in U.S.,
see www.my.chevrolet.com\learn.
To view supported devices in
Canada, see
www.chevroletowner.ca.
To view supported devices in
Mexico, see your dealer for details.
USB Supported File and Folder
Structure
The infotainment system supports:
. FAT16.
.

FAT32.

exFAT.

Connecting a USB Storage
Device or iPod/iPhone
To connect a USB storage device,
connect the device to the USB port.

For more information on USB
usage, see “Audio System
Information” following.

Audio System Information
The infotainment system can play
the music files contained in the USB
storage device or iPod/iPhone
products.
Using MP3/WMA/OGG/WAV Files
. Music files with .mp3, .wma,
.ogg, and .wav file name
extensions can be played.

MP3 files that can be played: Bit
rate: 8 kbps to 320 kbps.
Sampling frequency: 48 kHz,
44.1 kHz, 32 kHz, 24 kHz,
22.05 kHz, and 16 kHz.

Files with a bit rate above
128 kbps will result in higher
quality sound.

ID3 Tag information for MP3
files, such as the album name
and the artist, can be played.

To display album title, track title,
and artist information, the file
should be compatible with the
ID3 Tag V1 and V2 formats.

Using USB Storage Devices and
iPod/iPhone
. Use a USB or flash memory type
storage device. Do not connect
using a USB adaptor.
. Do not connect and reconnect
the USB device repeatedly in a
short time, as this may cause
static electricity and problems
using the device.
. Use a USB device with a metal
connecting terminal.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Infotainment System
.

Connection with i-Stick Type
USB storage devices may be
faulty due to vehicle vibration.

Do not touch the USB
connecting terminal.

Only USB storage devices
formatted in FAT16/32 or exFAT
file systems are recognized.
NTFS and other file systems are
not recognized.

The time it takes to process files
will depend on the USB storage
device type and capacity, and
the type of files stored.

Some USB storage device files
may not be compatible.

Up to two USB devices and one
iPod can be played through a
USB hub. All devices may not be
supported, depending on the
performance of the USB hub.
If there is not enough power
supply, it may not operate
normally.

Do not disconnect the USB
storage device while it is playing.
This may cause damage to the
product or affect the
performance of the USB device.

Disconnect the USB storage
device when the ignition is
turned off. If the ignition is turned
on while the USB device is
connected, the USB device may
be damaged or may not operate
normally.

USB storage devices can only
be connected for playing music,
viewing photo files,
or upgrading.

Do not use the USB terminal to
charge USB accessory
equipment. The heat generated
may cause performance issues
or damage.

Music files to which Digital Right
Management (DRM) is applied
cannot be played.
USB storage device that are in
capacity with a limit of 5,000
files, such as music, photo,
video, 15 stages of folder

203

structure. Normal usage cannot
be guaranteed for a storage
device that exceeds this limit.
The iPod/iPhone can play all
music files that are supported.
The music file lists will only
display up to 5,000 files on the
screen. These files are sorted in
alphabetical order.
.

Some iPod/iPhone product
models may not support the
connectivity or functionality of
this product.

Only connect the iPod/iPhone
with connection cables
supported by iPod/iPhone
products. Other connection
cables cannot be used.

The iPod/iPhone may be
damaged if it is connected to the
vehicle with the ignition on.
When not in use, disconnect the
iPod/iPhone.

When the iPod/iPhone is
connected to the USB port by
using the iPod/iPhone cable, the
Bluetooth music is not
supported.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

204
.

Infotainment System

The iPod/iPhone playback
functions and the information
displayed may be different when
played on the infotainment
system.

If a non-readable USB device is
connected, an error message
displays and the system will
switch to the previous audio
function.

To remove the USB device, select
another function, then remove the
USB device.
Pause
.
.

j to pause.
Touch r to resume.

Touch

Changing to Next/Previous Files

Refer to the table for the
classification items related to the
search function provided by the
iPod/iPhone.

If the USB device is already
connected:

Press

USB Player

Touch AUDIO.

Playing Music from a USB Device
. Connect the USB device to the
USB port.
. Play will start automatically after
the system has finished reading
the USB device.

Touch Source.

Touch USB.

To stop the USB device and select
another media source, touch
Source, then select the other
source.

Touch l to change to the
next file.

Touch g within five seconds of
the playback time to play the
previous file.

Returning to the Beginning of the
Current File
Touch g after five seconds of the
playback time.
Scanning Forward or Backward
Touch and hold g or l during
playback to rewind or fast forward.
Release the button to resume
playback at normal speed.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Infotainment System
Playing a File Randomly
Touch

Z during playback.

ON: Plays all files randomly.

OFF: Returns to normal
playback.

Using the USB Music Menu
. Touch Menu during playback.

Tone Settings
. Touch Tone Settings. The Tone
Settings menu is displayed. See
“Tone Settings” in AM-FM Radio
(Base Radio with Touchscreen)
0 191 or AM-FM Radio (Base
Radio) 0 189.
Auto Volume
. Touch Auto Volume. The Auto
Volume menu is displayed. See
“Auto Volume” in AM-FM Radio
(Base Radio with Touchscreen)
0 191 or AM-FM Radio (Base
Radio) 0 189.
Traffic Program (If Equipped)
. Touch On or Off.

Touch the desired menu.

Browse Music
1. Touch Browse Music.
2. Touch the desired music.

MTP (Media Transfer Protocol)
. Connect a MTP supported
device.
. Play will start automatically after
the system has finished reading
the MTP device.
. If a non-readable MTP device is
connected, an error message
displays and the system will
switch to the previous audio
function.

205

iPod/iPhone Player
This feature is limited to models
supporting the iPod/iPhone
connection.
Playing Music Files
. Connect the iPod/iPhone to the
USB port.
. Play will start from the previously
played point after the system
has finished reading the USB
device.
. If a non-readable USB device is
connected, an error message
displays and the system will
switch to the previous audio
function.
If the iPod/iPhone is already
connected:
1. Press

2. Touch AUDIO.
3. Touch Source.
4. Touch iPod.
To stop the device and select
another media source, touch
Source, then select the other
source.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

206

Infotainment System

To remove the device, select
another function, then remove the
device.

Playing a File Randomly

Pause

ON: Plays all files randomly.

OFF: Returns to normal
playback.

.
.

j to pause.
Touch r to resume.

Touch

Changing to Next/Previous Song
.

Touch l to change to the
next song.

Touch g within two seconds of
the playback time to play the
previous file.

Returning to the Beginning of the
Current File
Touch g after two seconds of the
playback time.
Scanning Forward or Backward
Touch and hold g or l during
playback to rewind or fast forward.
Release the button to resume
playback at normal speed.

Touch

Z during playback.

Using the iPod Menu
. Touch Menu during playback.
. Touch the appropriate
play mode.
Browse Music
1. Touch Browse Music.
2. Touch the desired music.
Tone Settings
. Touch Tone Settings. The Tone
Settings menu is displayed. See
“Tone Settings” under “Base
Radio with Touchscreen” in
AM-FM Radio (Base Radio with
Touchscreen) 0 191 or AM-FM
Radio (Base Radio) 0 189.

Auto Volume
. Touch Auto Volume. The Auto
Volume menu is displayed. See
“Auto Volume” under “Base
Radio with Touchscreen” in
AM-FM Radio (Base Radio with
Touchscreen) 0 191 or AM-FM
Radio (Base Radio) 0 189.

Picture System Information
The infotainment system can view
picture files stored on a USB
storage device and devices that
support Media Transfer
Protocol (MTP).
. Supported file extensions: .jpg,
.bmp, .png, .gif.
. Animated GIF files are not
supported.
. Some files may not operate due
to a different recording format or
the condition of the file.
Viewing Pictures
1. Connect the USB device to the
USB port.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Infotainment System
2. Touch the screen to open to full
screen. Touch the screen again
to return to the previous
screen.
If the USB device is already
connected:
1. Press

2. Touch GALLERY.
Some features are disabled while
the vehicle is in motion.
Viewing a Slide Show
1. Touch z from the picture
screen.
2. Touch the screen to cancel the
slide show during the slide
show playback.
Viewing a Previous or Next
Picture
Touch S or
screen.

T from the picture

Rotating a Picture
Touch

w from the picture screen.

Enlarging a Picture
Touch

x from the picture screen.

Using the USB Picture Menu
1. Touch MENU from the picture
screen.
2. Touch the appropriate menu:
. Slide Show Time: Allows
selection of the slide show
interval.
. Clock, Temp. Display:
Allows selection of On or
Off to show the clock and
temperature on the full
screen.
. Display Settings: Adjusts
for Brightness and Contrast.
3. Touch

0 to exit.

207

Possible auxiliary audio sources
include:
. Laptop computer
.

Audio music player

This jack is not an audio output. Do
not plug headphones into the
auxiliary input jack. Auxiliary
devices should be set up while the
vehicle is in P (Park).
Connect a 3.5 mm (1/8 in) cable
from the auxiliary device to the
auxiliary input jack.
If an auxiliary device has already
been connected, but a different
source is currently active, press the
MEDIA faceplate button repeatedly
to scroll through all of the available
audio source screens, until the AUX
source screen is shown.

Auxiliary Jack

Base Radio

This vehicle may have an AUX jack
in the center console or armrest.
See Center Console Storage 0 116.

Playing from the AUX Jack
An auxiliary device is played
through the audio system and
controlled through the device itself.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

208

Infotainment System

AUX Menu

Base Radio with Touchscreen

Bluetooth Audio

Press the MENU knob to display the
AUX menu and the following may
display:

Play will begin when the system has
finished reading the information on
the device.

Playing Music

If equipped, music may be played
from a paired Bluetooth device. See
“Pairing” under Bluetooth (Voice
Recognition - Base Radio) 0 221 or
Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls Base Radio) 0 217 or Bluetooth
(Overview) 0 216 or Bluetooth
(Infotainment Controls - Base Radio
with Touchscreen) 0 226 for help
pairing a device.

Auto Volume : If equipped, see
“Playing an Audio CD.”
DSP : If equipped, this feature
adjusts the pre-defined settings.
See “DSP” in AM-FM Radio (Base
Radio with Touchscreen) 0 191 or
AM-FM Radio (Base Radio) 0 189.
EQ (Equalizer) : If equipped, this
feature adjusts the pre-defined
equalizer settings. See “EQ
(Equalizer)” in AM-FM Radio (Base
Radio with Touchscreen) 0 191 or
AM-FM Radio (Base Radio) 0 189.

To play the music from the device,
if the device is already connected:
1. Press

2. Touch AUDIO.
3. Touch Source.
4. Touch AUX.
To adjust the tone settings. See
“Audio Settings” in “System
Settings” under AM-FM Radio (Base
Radio with Touchscreen) 0 191 or
AM-FM Radio (Base Radio) 0 189.

Volume and song selection may be
controlled by using the infotainment
controls or the phone/device.
If Bluetooth Audio is selected and
nothing is heard, check the volume
setting on both the phone/device
and the infotainment system.
Launch music by pressing the
MEDIA screen button on the
Home Page.
To play music via Bluetooth:
1. Power on the device, and pair
to connect the device.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Infotainment System
2. Once paired, go into the audio
application from the Home
Page or via the application tray.
Select MEDIA until Bluetooth
displays.
Bluetooth Audio Menu
Press the MENU screen button to
display the Bluetooth Audio menu.
The following may be available:
Tone: Turn the MENU knob to
adjust the tone settings.
Press o BACK to go back to the
previous menu.
Manage Bluetooth Devices: Select
to go to the Bluetooth page to add
or delete devices.
When selecting Bluetooth Audio, the
radio may not be able to launch the
audio player on the connected
device to start playing. When the
vehicle is not moving, use the
phone to begin playback.

All devices launch audio differently.
When selecting Bluetooth Audio as
a source, the radio may show as
paused on the screen. Press play
on the device or press r to begin
playback.
Some phones support sending
Bluetooth music information to
display on the radio. When the radio
receives this information, it will
check to see if any is available and
display it. For more information
about supported Bluetooth features,
see www.gm.com/bluetooth for U.S.
and Canada only.

209

Voice Recognition
If equipped, voice recognition allows
for hands-free operation within the
audio and phone applications. This
feature can be started by pressing
either the g button on the steering
wheel or by selecting the g on the
screen display.
However, not all features within
these areas are supported by voice
commands. Generally, only complex
tasks that require multiple manual
interactions to complete are
supported by voice commands.
For example, tasks that take more
than one or two button presses such
as selecting a song or artist to play
from a media device would be
supported by voice commands.
Other tasks, like adjusting the
volume or seeking up or down are
audio features that are easily
performed by pressing one or two
buttons, and are not supported by
voice commands.
In general there are flexible ways to
speak commands for completing the
tasks. Most of them, except

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

210

Infotainment System

destination entry and voice keypad,
can be completed in a single
command. If the task takes more
than one command to complete, the
first command would be to indicate
the kind of task that is to be
performed. The system replies with
prompts that lead through a dialog
to enter the necessary information.
Voice recognition can be used when
the ignition is on or when Retained
Accessory Power (RAP) is active.
See Retained Accessory Power
(RAP) 0 271.

Using Voice Recognition
Voice recognition becomes available
once the system has been
initialized. This begins when the
ignition is turned on. Initialization
may take a few moments.
1. Press g on the steering wheel
control to activate voice
recognition, or select g on the
infotainment screen on the
center stack.
. If voice recognition is
started from the steering
wheel control, the

instrument cluster displays
the selections and visual
dialog content.
.

If voice recognition is
started from the
infotainment screen, the
selections and visual dialog
content are displayed on
both the center stack
display and the instrument
cluster display.

2. The audio system mutes and
the system plays a prompt
followed by a beep.
3. Wait until after the beep
completes, then clearly speak
one of the commands
described in this section.
Press g to interrupt any voice
recognition system prompt. For
example, if the prompt seems
to be taking too long to finish,
press g again and the beep
should happen right away.

There are two voice prompt modes
supported:
. Long verbal prompts: The longer
prompts provide more
information regarding the
supported actions.
. Short prompts: The short
prompts provide simple
instructions about what can be
stated.
If a command is not spoken, the
voice recognition system says a
help prompt.
Prompts and Screen Displays
While a voice recognition session is
active, there will be corresponding
buttons on screens displayed.
Manual interaction in the voice
recognition session is permitted.
Interaction during a voice session
may be completed entirely using
voice commands, or some
selections may expedite a session.
If a selection is made using a
manual control, the dialog will
progress in the same way as if the
selection was made through a voice
command. Once the system is able

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Infotainment System
to complete the task, or the session
is terminated, the voice recognition
dialog stops.
An example of this type of manual
intervention is pressing on an entry
of a displayed number list instead of
speaking the number associated
with the entry desired.

Canceling Voice Recognition
.

Press the Home screen button
to terminate the voice
recognition session which was
initiated by pressing g on the
infotainment screen on the
center stack.

Press or say “Cancel” or “Exit” to
terminate the voice recognition
session and display the screen
from which voice recognition
was initiated.

Press i on the steering wheel
controls to terminate the voice
session and display the screen
from which voice recognition
was initiated.

Helpful Hints for Speaking
Commands
Voice recognition can understand
commands that are either naturally
stated in sentence form (English
only), or direct commands that state
the application and the task.
For languages that do not support
natural language commands in
sentence form, use the direct
commands shown as examples on
the display screen.
For best results:
. Listen for the prompt and wait
for the beep before saying a
command or reply.
. Say “Help” or look at the screen
display for commands.
. Voice recognition system prompt
can be interrupted during a
prompt by pressing g again.
For example, if the prompt
seems to be taking too long to
finish, or if what is being
prompted causes a need for an
immediate reply, press g again
and wait for the beep.

211

Speak the command naturally,
not too fast, not too slow. Use
direct commands without a lot of
extra words.

Usually Phone and Audio
commands can be spoken in a
single command.
For example, “Call Dave Smith
at work,” “Play” followed by the
artist or song name, or “Tune”
followed by the radio station
number.

There is no need to memorize
specific command words. Direct
commands might be more clearly
understood by the system. An
example of a direct command would
be “Call 555-1212.” Examples of
these direct commands are
displayed on most of the screens
while a voice session is active.
If “Phone” or “Phone Commands,” is
stated, the system understands that
a phone call is requested and will
respond with questions until enough
details are gathered.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

212

Infotainment System

If the phone number has been
saved with a name and a place, the
direct command should include
both, for example “Call Dave Smith
at work.”

Using Voice Recognition for
List Options
When a list is displayed, a voice
prompt will ask to confirm or select
an option from that list. A selection
can be made by manually selecting
the item, or by speaking the line
number for the item to select.
When a screen contains a list,
options may be available but not
displayed. The list on a voice
recognition screen functions the
same as a list on other screens.
Scrolling can be used to help
display other entries from the list.
Manually scrolling or paging the list
on a screen during a voice
recognition session suspends the
current voice recognition event and
plays the prompt “Make your
selection from the list using the
manual controls or press the Back
button to try again.”

If manual selection takes more than
15 seconds, the session terminates
and prompts that it has timed out.
The screen returns back to the
screen where voice recognition was
initiated.
The Back Command
Say “Back” or press the Back button
to go to the previous screen.
If in voice recognition, and “Back” is
stated all the way through to the
initial screen, then “Back” is stated
one more time, the voice recognition
session will cancel.
Help
Say “Help” on any voice recognition
screen and the help prompt for the
screen is played. Additionally, a
pop-up displays a text version of the
help prompt. Depending on how
voice recognition was initiated, the
Help pop-up will either display on
the instrument cluster or the
infotainment screen. Press the
Dismiss button to make the pop-up
go away.

Pressing g while the help prompt is
playing will terminate the prompt
and a beep will be heard. Doing this
will stop the help prompt so that a
voice command can be used.

Voice Recognition for the
Radio
Select the g screen button to
launch audio voice recognition.
If the voice button is pressed in a
radio screen, the voice commands
for radio and media features are
available.
“Switch to AM” : Switch bands to
AM and tune to the last AM radio
station.
“Switch to FM” : Switch bands to
FM and tune to the last FM radio
station.
“Switch to SXM” : Switch bands to
SiriusXM (if equipped) and tune to
the last SiriusXM channel.
“Tune to AM” :
Tune to the radio station whose
frequency is identified in the
command (like “nine fifty”).

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

Infotainment System

213

“Tune to FM” :
Tune to the radio station whose
frequency is identified in the
command (like “one o one
point one”).

“Play Album” : Begin a dialog to
enter a specific album name.

“Play Chapter” : Begin a dialog to
enter a specific name.

“Play Album ” :
Begin playback of the identified
album name in the command.

“Play Chapter ” :
Begin playback of the media
selection identified in the command.

“Tune to SXM ” : Tune to the SiriusXM (if
equipped) radio station whose
channel number is identified in the
command.

“Play Song” : Begin a dialog to
enter a specific song name.

“Play Audiobook” : Begin a dialog
to enter a specific name.

“Play Song ” : Begin
playback of the identified song
name in the command.

“Play Audiobook ” : Begin playback of the
media selection identified in the
command.

“Tune to SXM ” : Tune to the SiriusXM (if
equipped) radio station whose
channel name is identified in the
command.

Voice Recognition for Audio
My Media
If browsing My Media when the
voice button is selected, the voice
recognition commands for My Media
features are available.
“Play Artist” : Begin a dialog to
enter a specific Artist name.
“Play Artist ” :
Begin playback of the media
selection identified in the command.

“Play Genre” : Begin a dialog to
enter a specific genre.
“Play Genre ” :
Begin playback of the media
selection identified in the command.

“Play CD Track ” : Begin playback of the
CD at the track identified in the
command.

“Play Playlist” : Begin a dialog to
enter a specific playlist name.

“Play Episode” : Begin a dialog to
enter a specific name.

“Play Playlist ” :
Begin playback of the identified
playlist in the command.

“Play Episode ” : Begin playback of the
media selection identified in the
command.

“Play ” : Play
music from a specific device
identified by name. The device
name is the name displayed on the
screen when the device is first
selected as an audio source.

“Play Podcast” : Begin a dialog to
enter a specific name.
“Play Podcast ” : Begin playback of the
media selection identified in the
command.

Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 4/29/16

214

Infotainment System

“Play Video” : Begin a dialog to
enter a specific name.
“Play Video

Source Exif Data:

File Type                       : PDF
File Type Extension             : pdf
MIME Type                       : application/pdf
PDF Version                     : 1.6
Linearized                      : Yes
Author                          : Chevrolet
Create Date                     : 2016:10:18 22:13:18-04:00
Keywords                        : 2017, Chevrolet, Silverado, Owner's, Manual, 2017, Chevy, Silverado, Owner's, Manual, 2017, Chevrolet, SIlverado, Owner's, Manual, Chevy, Silverado, Owner's, Manual, Chevrolet, Silverado, Owner's, Manual, Silverado, Owner's, Manual
Modify Date                     : 2016:12:01 09:25:51-06:00
XMP Toolkit                     : Adobe XMP Core 5.4-c005 78.147326, 2012/08/23-13:03:03
Format                          : application/pdf
Modified                        : 2016:10:18 22:37:22.303-04:00
Creator                         : Chevrolet
Description                     : Chevrolet Silverado Owner's Manual
Subject                         : 2017 Chevrolet Silverado Owner's Manual, 2017 Chevy Silverado Owner's Manual, 2017 Chevrolet SIlverado Owner's Manual, Chevy Silverado Owner's Manual, Chevrolet Silverado Owner's Manual, Silverado Owner's Manual
Title                           : Owner's Manual
Num Pages                       : 509
Extracted                       : 2016:10:18 22:36:28.125-04:00
Sha 1                           : fdacbe72c6e55a7ecfc168ea15ce935fc6251a08
Size                            : 9494308
Producer                        : Mac OS X 10.11.6 Quartz PDFContext
Creator Tool                    : Arbortext Advanced Print Publisher 9.1.550/W Unicode
Metadata Date                   : 2016:12:01 09:25:51-06:00
Document ID                     : uuid:caaee3ca-992a-45af-9759-44962f1521d5
Instance ID                     : uuid:224b8e72-b1b7-4ee0-a34d-49af39d17e7e
Tags                            : OwnerCenter:GMNA/2017/chevrolet/silverado_1500, OwnerCenter:GMNA/2017/chevrolet/silverado_2500hd, OwnerCenter:GMNA/2017/chevrolet/silverado_3500hd, OwnerCenter:GMNA/asset_type/owner_manual
Page Count                      : 509

EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools

Owner's Manual 2017 Silverado2500hd

Navigation menu

Versions of this User Manual:

Views

Navigation